See other bills
under the
same topic
                                                      PRINTER'S NO. 1675

THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF PENNSYLVANIA


SENATE BILL

No. 949 Session of 2008


        INTRODUCED BY KASUNIC, MUSTO, M. WHITE, STOUT, A. WILLIAMS,
           MELLOW, LAVALLE, COSTA, D. WHITE, BOSCOLA, BAKER, BROWNE,
           FOLMER, FONTANA, GORDNER, KITCHEN, LOGAN, MADIGAN, ORIE,
           RAFFERTY, STACK, TARTAGLIONE, WASHINGTON, WAUGH, WONDERLING
           AND WOZNIAK, JANUARY 11, 2008

        REFERRED TO ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES AND ENERGY, JANUARY 11, 2008


                                     AN ACT

     1  Providing for bituminous coal mines; and making a repeal.

     2                         TABLE OF CONTENTS
     3  Chapter 1.  Preliminary Provisions
     4  Section 101.  Short title.
     5  Section 102.  Application.
     6  Section 103.  Findings and purpose.
     7  Section 104.  Definitions.
     8  Section 105.  Powers and duties of department.
     9  Section 106.  Board of Coal Mine Safety.
    10  Section 106.1.  Rulemaking.
    11  Section 106.2.  Emergency shelters and chambers.
    12  Section 106.3.  Notice to operators and miners.
    13  Section 106.4.  Standards for surface facilities.
    14  Section 107.  Safety issues.
    15  Section 108.  Inspections.


     1  Section 109.  Accidents.
     2  Section 110.  Mine officials' certification.
     3  Section 111.  Classification of mines as gassy.
     4  Section 112.  Reports.
     5  Section 113.  Mine rescue program.
     6  Section 114.  Direction of mine rescue work.
     7  Section 115.  Recovery of funds.
     8  Section 116.  Mine Safety Fund.
     9  Section 117.  Bituminous mine inspector.
    10  Section 118.  Bituminous mine electrical inspector.
    11  Section 119.  Availability of mine maps.
    12  Section 120.  Mine map repository.
    13  Section 121.  Applicability.
    14  Chapter 2.  General Requirements for Underground Bituminous
    15                 Mines
    16  Section 201.  General safety requirements.
    17  Section 202.  Qualifications for certification.
    18  Section 203.  Emergency use of mine examiner as assistant
    19                 mine foreman.
    20  Section 204.  Certification of miners.
    21  Section 205.  Qualifications for certification as miners.
    22  Section 206.  Issuance of miners' certificates.
    23  Section 207.  Certification of mining machine operators
    24                 and shot-firers.
    25  Section 208.  Employment of mine foremen.
    26  Section 209.  Employment of mine electricians.
    27  Section 210.  Employment of assistant mine foremen.
    28  Section 211.  Ventilation responsibilities of mine foreman.
    29  Section 212.  Mine foreman's responsibility for working
    30                 place safety.
    20080S0949B1675                  - 2 -     

     1  Section 213.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for blasting.
     2  Section 214.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for drainage.
     3  Section 215.  Mine foreman's responsibility for employment of
     4                 competent persons.
     5  Section 216.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for inspections
     6                 and reports.
     7  Section 217.  Employment of mine examiners.
     8  Section 218.  Duties of mine examiners.
     9  Section 219.  Management of mine.
    10  Section 220.  Duties of superintendent.
    11  Section 221.  Qualifications and general responsibility of
    12                 superintendent.
    13  Section 222.  Danger signals.
    14  Section 223.  Supply of record books.
    15  Section 224.  Mapping requirements and surveying standards.
    16  Section 225.  Availability of copy of map.
    17  Section 226.  Excavations on map.
    18  Section 227.  Furnishing copies of maps.
    19  Section 228.  Duties upon abandonment of mine.
    20  Section 229.  Survey by department.
    21  Section 230.  Ventilation requirements.
    22  Section 231.  Crosscuts and stoppings.
    23  Section 232.  Overcasts and undercasts.
    24  Section 233.  Line brattice.
    25  Section 234.  Auxiliary blowers and fans.
    26  Section 235.  Unused and abandoned parts of mines.
    27  Section 236.  Sewage dumping prohibited.
    28  Section 237.  Fans.
    29  Section 238.  Measurement of methane.
    30  Section 239.  Control of coal dust and rock dusting.
    20080S0949B1675                  - 3 -     

     1  Section 240.  Instruction of employees and examination of
     2                 working areas.
     3  Section 241.  Roof support.
     4  Section 242.  Authorized explosives.
     5  Section 243.  (Reserved).
     6  Section 244.  Underground storage of explosives.
     7  Section 245.  Preparation of shots, blasting practices and
     8                 multiple shooting.
     9  Section 246.  Transportation of explosives.
    10  Section 247.  Electrical shot-firing.
    11  Section 248.  General shot-firing rules.
    12  Section 249.  Hoisting equipment and operations.
    13  Section 250.  Bottom person.
    14  Section 251.  Number of persons to be hoisted.
    15  Section 252.  Top person.
    16  Section 253.  Use of competent hoist operators.
    17  Section 254.  Clearances and shelter holes.
    18  Section 255.  Underground haulage equipment.
    19  Section 256.  Operation of haulage equipment.
    20  Section 257.  Trip rider and hooker-on on rope haulage.
    21  Section 258.  Transportation of individuals.
    22  Section 259.  Conveyor belts and conveyor equipment.
    23  Section 260.  Blowtorches and fuel.
    24  Section 261.  Oxygen and gas containers.
    25  Section 262.  Transportation of oxygen and gas.
    26  Section 263.  Storage of oxygen and gas.
    27  Section 264.  Use of oxygen and gas.
    28  Section 265.  Duties of persons subject to this act.
    29  Section 266.  Protective clothing.
    30  Section 267.  Checking systems.
    20080S0949B1675                  - 4 -     

     1  Section 268.  Prohibitions regarding endangering security of
     2                 mine.
     3  Section 269.  Responsibility for care and maintenance of
     4                 equipment.
     5  Section 270.  Control of dust and other inhalation hazards.
     6  Section 271.  Safeguards for mechanical equipment.
     7  Section 272.  First aid equipment.
     8  Section 273.  Fire protection.
     9  Section 274.  Mine openings or outlets.
    10  Section 275.  Mining close to abandoned workings.
    11  Section 276.  Lubrication and storage of flammable lubricants.
    12  Section 277.  Approved lighting and gas detection devices in
    13                 mines.
    14  Section 278.  Unauthorized entry into mine.
    15  Section 279.  Passing by or removing danger signals.
    16  Section 280.  Miners to remain in work areas.
    17  Section 281.  Sealing openings.
    18  Section 282.  Ladders in mines.
    19  Section 283.  Inside structures to be of incombustible
    20                 materials.
    21  Section 284.  Washhouses.
    22  Chapter 3.  Electrical Equipment
    23  Section 302.  Definitions.
    24  Section 303.  Plan of electrical system.
    25  Section 304.  Protection against shock.
    26  Section 305.  Restoration from shock.
    27  Section 306.  Report of defective equipment.
    28  Section 307.  Damage or alteration to mine electrical system.
    29  Section 308.  Capacity.
    30  Section 309.  Joints in conductors.
    20080S0949B1675                  - 5 -     

     1  Section 310.  Cables entering fittings.
     2  Section 311.  Switches, fuses and circuit breakers.
     3  Section 312.  Lightning protection.
     4  Section 313.  Underground power supply.
     5  Section 314.  Storage battery equipment.
     6  Section 315.  (Reserved).
     7  Section 316.  Electrical equipment.
     8  Section 317.  Inspection of equipment.
     9  Section 318.  Stationary motors.
    10  Section 319.  Permanent underground installation.
    11  Section 320.  Underground illumination.
    12  Section 321.  Telephones and signaling.
    13  Section 322.  Grounding.
    14  Section 323.  Voltage limitation.
    15  Section 324.  Incoming feeder-disconnect switches.
    16  Section 325.  Bonding.
    17  Section 326.  Trolley installation.
    18  Section 327.  Connections to trolley.
    19  Section 328.  Guarding.
    20  Section 329.  Locomotives.
    21  Section 330.  Outdoor substation.
    22  Section 331.  High-voltage underground transmission system.
    23  Section 332.  Load center.
    24  Section 333.  Distribution centers.
    25  Section 334.  Mandatory safety components of electrical
    26                 equipment.
    27  Section 335.  High-voltage longwalls.
    28  Section 336.  Longwall electrical protection.
    29  Section 337.  Longwall disconnect switches.
    30  Section 338.  Guarding of longwall cables.
    20080S0949B1675                  - 6 -     

     1  Section 339.  Longwall cable-handling and support systems.
     2  Section 340.  Use of longwall insulated cable handling
     3                 equipment.
     4  Section 341.  Maintenance.
     5  Section 342.  High-voltage longwall mining systems.
     6  Section 343.  Longwall electrical work.
     7  Section 344.  Testing, examination and maintenance of longwall
     8                 equipment.
     9  Section 345.  (Reserved).
    10  Section 346.  (Reserved).
    11  Section 347.  (Reserved).
    12  Section 348.  (Reserved).
    13  Section 349.  (Reserved).
    14  Section 350.  Equipment approvals.
    15  Chapter 4.  Diesel-powered Equipment
    16  Section 401.  Underground use.
    17  Section 402.  Diesel-powered equipment package.
    18  Section 403.  Exhaust emissions control.
    19  Section 404.  Ventilation.
    20  Section 405.  Fuel storage facilities.
    21  Section 406.  Transfer of diesel fuel.
    22  Section 407.  Containers.
    23  Section 408.  Fire suppression for equipment and transportation.
    24  Section 409.  Fire suppression for storage areas.
    25  Section 410.  Use of certain starting aids prohibited.
    26  Section 411.  Fueling.
    27  Section 412.  Fire and safety training.
    28  Section 413.  Maintenance.
    29  Section 414.  Records.
    30  Section 415.  Duties of equipment operator.
    20080S0949B1675                  - 7 -     

     1  Section 416.  Schedule of maintenance.
     2  Section 417.  Emissions monitoring and control.
     3  Section 418.  Diagnostic testing.
     4  Section 419.  Exhaust gas monitoring and control.
     5  Section 420.  Training and general requirements.
     6  Section 421.  Equipment-specific training.
     7  Section 422.  Diesel mechanic training.
     8  Section 423.  Operation of diesel-powered equipment.
     9  Section 424.  Technical advisory committee.
    10  Chapter 5.  Enforcement and Remedies
    11  Section 501.  Enforcement orders and duty to comply.
    12  Section 502.  Restraining violations.
    13  Section 503.  Administrative penalties.
    14  Section 504.  Unlawful conduct.
    15  Section 505.  Criminal penalties.
    16  Section 506.  Inspections.
    17  Section 507.  Intervention.
    18  Section 508.  Limitation of action.
    19  Section 509.  Relation to permit.
    20  Section 510.  Certification actions.
    21  Section 511.  Withdrawal of certification.
    22  Chapter 6.  Emergency Medical Personnel
    23  Section 601.  Definitions.
    24  Section 602.  Emergency medical personnel.
    25  Section 603.  Regulations for training and certification.
    26  Section 604.  First aid training of mine employees.
    27  Section 605.  Continuing training.
    28  Section 606.  Regulations.
    29  Section 607.  Certification.
    30  Section 608.  Liability.
    20080S0949B1675                  - 8 -     

     1  Section 609.  Equivalent training.
     2  Chapter 7.  Safety Zones
     3  Section 701.  Establishment.
     4  Section 702.  Written authorization.
     5  Section 703.  Pillar recovery.
     6  Section 704.  Proof of rock cover.
     7  Section 705.  Verification.
     8  Section 706.  Approval or disapproval of plans.
     9  Section 707.  Notice.
    10  Section 708.  Entombed workmen.
    11  Chapter 31.  Miscellaneous Provisions
    12  Section 3101.  Repeals.
    13  Section 3102.  Effective date.
    14     The General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
    15  hereby enacts as follows:
    16                             CHAPTER 1
    17                       PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS
    18  Section 101.  Short title.
    19     This act shall be known and may be cited as the Bituminous
    20  Coal Mine Safety Act.
    21  Section 102.  Application.
    22     This act shall apply to all underground bituminous coal mines
    23  in this Commonwealth, including all of the following:
    24         (1)  The construction, operation, maintenance and sealing
    25     of underground bituminous coal mines.
    26         (2)  The operators of underground bituminous coal mines.
    27         (3)  All persons at underground bituminous coal mines.
    28  Section 103.  Findings and purpose.
    29     (a)  Findings.--The General Assembly finds that it is in the
    30  public interest to establish a comprehensive scheme to protect
    20080S0949B1675                  - 9 -     

     1  the lives, health and safety of those who work at mines in this
     2  Commonwealth. This comprehensive scheme shall address all of the
     3  following:
     4         (1)  The first priority and concern of all in the
     5     bituminous coal mining industry must be the health and safety
     6     of those who work in and at mines and others in and about
     7     mines.
     8         (2)  Deaths and injuries from unsafe and unhealthful
     9     conditions and practices at underground bituminous coal mines
    10     cause grief and suffering to miners and their families.
    11         (3)  The efforts of mine operators, miners and the
    12     Commonwealth, through the Department of Environmental
    13     Protection, have over time significantly reduced the
    14     occurrence of deaths and injuries in the underground
    15     bituminous coal mining industry. This reduction in deaths and
    16     injuries is due, in part, to the safety standards under the
    17     act of July 17, 1961 (P.L.659, No.339), known as the
    18     Pennsylvania Bituminous Coal Mine Act, and the grant of
    19     authority to the department to approve underground bituminous
    20     coal mining activity and equipment.
    21         (4)  The Pennsylvania Bituminous Coal Mine Act is
    22     becoming outdated and lacks an effective mechanism to modify
    23     existing standards and to adopt new standards.
    24         (5)  The Commonwealth must maintain a strong, independent
    25     mine safety program.
    26         (6)  The operators at underground bituminous coal mines,
    27     with the assistance of certified miners and mine officials
    28     have the primary responsibility to prevent the existence of
    29     unsafe and unhealthful conditions at underground bituminous
    30     coal mines.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 10 -     

     1         (7)  Underground bituminous coal mining is highly
     2     specialized, technical and complex and requires frequent
     3     review, refinement and improvement of standards to protect
     4     the health and safety of miners.
     5         (8)  The formulation of appropriate rules and practices
     6     to improve health and safety and to provide increased
     7     protection of miners can be accomplished more effectively by
     8     persons who have experience and expertise in underground
     9     bituminous coal mining and underground bituminous coal mine
    10     health and safety.
    11         (9)  Mine safety is enhanced through a rigorous program
    12     for training and certifying persons to work at mines in this
    13     Commonwealth.
    14         (10)  It is imperative that the department have the
    15     capability to coordinate and assist rescue operations in
    16     response to accidents at underground bituminous coal mines.
    17         (11)  It is in the public interest to encourage the
    18     underground bituminous coal mining industry to establish,
    19     maintain and support mine rescue teams and other emergency
    20     response capabilities.
    21     (b)  Purpose.--It is the purpose of this act to do all of the
    22  following:
    23         (1)  To use the full extent of the Commonwealth's powers
    24     to protect the lives, health and safety of miners and others
    25     in and about underground bituminous coal mines.
    26         (2)  To establish and promulgate improved mandatory
    27     health and safety standards to protect the health and safety
    28     of miners and others in and about underground coal mines in
    29     this Commonwealth.
    30         (3)  To establish a rulemaking process that enables the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 11 -     

     1     expeditious updating of the interim mandatory health and
     2     safety standards established under this act and to otherwise
     3     protect the health, safety and welfare of miners and others
     4     in and about mines.
     5         (4)  To require that operators at underground bituminous
     6     coal mines and every person at every mine comply with these
     7     standards.
     8         (5)  To improve and expand research, development and
     9     training programs aimed at preventing underground bituminous
    10     coal mine accidents and occupationally caused diseases in the
    11     industry.
    12         (6)  To enable the Commonwealth to respond as necessary
    13     and appropriate to accidents and other emergencies at
    14     underground bituminous coal mines.
    15  Section 104.  Definitions.
    16     The following words and phrases when used in this act shall
    17  have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    18  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    19     "Abandoned workings."  Excavations, either caved or sealed,
    20  that are deserted and in which further mining is not intended.
    21     "Accident."  An unanticipated event, including any of the
    22  following:
    23         (1)  A death of an individual at a mine.
    24         (2)  An injury to an individual at a mine, which has a
    25     reasonable potential to cause death.
    26         (3)  An entrapment of an individual at a mine which has a
    27     reasonable potential to cause death or serious injury.
    28         (4)  An unplanned inundation of a mine by a liquid or
    29     gas.
    30         (5)  An unplanned ignition or explosion of gas or dust.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 12 -     

     1         (6)  An unplanned mine fire not extinguished within ten
     2     minutes of discovery.
     3         (7)  An unplanned ignition or explosion of a blasting
     4     agent or an explosive.
     5         (8)  An unplanned roof fall at or above the anchorage
     6     zone in active workings where roof bolts are in use.
     7         (9)  An unplanned roof or rib fall in active workings
     8     that impairs ventilation or impedes passage.
     9         (10)  A coal or rock outburst that causes withdrawal of
    10     miners or which disrupts regular mining activity for more
    11     than one hour.
    12         (11)  An unstable condition at an impoundment, refuse
    13     pile or culm bank, which does any of the following:
    14             (i)  Requires emergency action in order to prevent
    15         failure.
    16             (ii)  Causes individuals to evacuate an area.
    17         (12)  Failure of an impoundment, refuse pile or culm
    18     bank.
    19         (13)  Damage to hoisting equipment in a shaft or slope
    20     which endangers an individual or which interferes with use of
    21     the equipment for more than 30 minutes.
    22         (14)  An event at a mine which causes death or bodily
    23     injury to an individual not at the mine at the time the event
    24     occurs.
    25     "Active workings."  All areas in a mine that are not sealed
    26  and which must be ventilated and examined under this act.
    27     "Advisory committee." The Technical Advisory Committee on
    28  Diesel-Powered Equipment.
    29     "Approval."  A written document, issued by the Department of
    30  Environmental Protection, which states that a technology,
    20080S0949B1675                 - 13 -     

     1  material, machinery, tool, process, plan, device, equipment,
     2  facility, method, supply, accessory or other item meets the
     3  requirements of this act or of regulations promulgated under
     4  this act.
     5     "Board."  The Board of Coal Mine Safety.
     6     "Certified person."  An individual who is qualified under the
     7  provisions of this act and who holds a certificate from the
     8  Department of Environmental Protection to perform a particular
     9  duty in connection with the operation at a mine. The term
    10  includes all of the following:
    11         (1)  Mine foreman.
    12         (2)  Assistant mine foreman.
    13         (3)  Mine examiner.
    14         (4)  Mine electrician.
    15         (5)  Machine runner.
    16         (6)  Shot-firer.
    17         (7)  Miner.
    18     "Check survey."  The term shall have the same meaning as
    19  closed-loop survey.
    20     "Closed-loop survey."  The method of establishing the
    21  accuracy of a mine survey by conducting a loop traverse to the
    22  point of beginning or to a known point of another closed-loop
    23  survey. The term does not include a double angle, double
    24  distance survey unless that method is used to complete a closed-
    25  loop survey.
    26     "Coal-producing shift."  A shift primarily intended for coal
    27  production rather than for purposes of construction, maintenance
    28  and housekeeping even though some coal production may be
    29  incident to such purposes.
    30     "Department."  The Department of Environmental Protection of
    20080S0949B1675                 - 14 -     

     1  the Commonwealth.
     2     "DPEP."  Diesel-powered equipment package.
     3     "Face."  The solid coal at the inby end of a working place.
     4     "Inactive workings."  All portions of a mine in which
     5  operations have been suspended for an indefinite period, but
     6  have not been abandoned.
     7     "Interim mandatory safety standards."  The safety standards
     8  under Chapters 2 and 3.
     9     "Lateral and face take-ups."  The individual measurements
    10  left and right of the entry center line used to depict the
    11  physical location of the coal ribs and pillars.
    12     "Lost-time injury."  When an individual is unable to report
    13  for work at the individual's regularly scheduled job on the
    14  individual's next regularly scheduled work shift due to a work-
    15  related injury.
    16     "Mine."  The shafts, slopes or drifts of an underground
    17  bituminous coal mine, either under construction, in use or
    18  abandoned, connected with excavations penetrating or intended to
    19  penetrate coal stratum or strata, which excavations are or were
    20  ventilated by air currents and connected by a method of
    21  transportation over which coal may be or was delivered to one or
    22  more points outside the mine. The term shall not include any
    23  surface coal mine.
    24     "Mine examiner."  An individual designated by the mine
    25  foreman or superintendent to examine a mine for gas and other
    26  dangers. The term shall include the title "fire boss."
    27     "Mine foreman."  An individual appointed by an operator or
    28  superintendent to be in charge of all of the following:
    29         (1)  The inside workings of a mine.
    30         (2)  An individual in a mine.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 15 -     

     1         (3)  A visitor to the inside of a mine, except for
     2     Federal and State Government representatives.
     3     "Mine official."  Any of the following:
     4         (1)  Superintendent.
     5         (2)  Mine foreman.
     6         (3)  Assistant mine foreman.
     7         (4)  Mine examiner.
     8         (5)  Mine electrician.
     9     "Miner."  An individual who is certified by the Department of
    10  Environmental Protection to work in an underground mine.
    11     "MSHA."  The Mine Safety and Health Administration within the
    12  United States Department of Labor.
    13     "NIOSH."  The National Institute for Occupational Safety and
    14  Health within the United States Department of Health and Human
    15  Services.
    16     "Operator."  An owner, lessee or other person who operates,
    17  controls or supervises a coal mine.
    18     "Permissible explosives."  Explosives approved for use in
    19  mines by the Mine Safety and Health Administration, the National
    20  Institute for Occupational Safety and Health or their
    21  predecessor agencies, notwithstanding the date of the approval.
    22     "Permit boundary."  The limits of the mine as established by
    23  the coal mine activity permit issued under the act of April 27,
    24  1966 (1st Sp. Sess., P.L.31, No.1), known as The Bituminous Mine
    25  Subsidence and Land Conservation Act.
    26     "Person."  Any individual, partnership, association,
    27  corporation, firm, subsidiary of a corporation or other
    28  organization.
    29     "Pointer spads."  Additional spads set in the roof to
    30  indicate the line of direction or bearing for future
    20080S0949B1675                 - 16 -     

     1  excavations. Pointer spads may or may not be referenced in the
     2  field notes. Pointer spads are not considered a permanent record
     3  because they only indicate direction.
     4     "Representative of the miners."  Any person or organization
     5  which represents two or more miners at a coal mine for the
     6  purpose of this act.
     7     "Return air."  Air that has ventilated the last working place
     8  on any split of any working section or any worked-out area
     9  whether pillared or nonpillared. The term shall include all of
    10  the following:
    11         (1)  Air that mixes with air that has ventilated the last
    12     working place on any split of any working section or any
    13     worked-out area, whether pillared or nonpillared.
    14         (2)  Any air that has passed or ventilated seal areas.
    15     "Secretary."  The Secretary of Environmental Protection of
    16  the Commonwealth or the designee of the secretary.
    17     "Shaft."  A vertical opening through the strata that is or
    18  may be used for the purpose of ventilation or drainage or for
    19  hoisting men or material, or both, in connection with the mining
    20  of coal or for other purposes related to mining.
    21     "Slope and drift."  An incline or opening used for the same
    22  purpose as a shaft.
    23     "Spad."  A flat spike, firmly anchored in a hole drilled into
    24  the mine ceiling from which is threaded a plumbline.
    25     "Superintendent." An individual appointed by an operator to
    26  manage a mine.
    27     "Survey line."  A representation of the line of survey from
    28  survey station spad to survey station spad as shown on the
    29  official mine map.
    30     "Survey station spad."  A permanent spad set in the roof that
    20080S0949B1675                 - 17 -     

     1  has a unique identification number or designation.
     2     "Underground bituminous coal mine."  A mine and the surface
     3  facilities that are physically connected to a mine, including
     4  preparation plants and loadouts at a mine, in this Commonwealth
     5  and not included in anthracite boundaries.
     6     "Ventilation apparatus."  All equipment, materials and
     7  devices used to establish, provide or support movement of air
     8  through a mine.
     9     "Work area."  Any place at a mine where work is being
    10  performed. The term shall not include areas where individuals
    11  are making examinations required under this act.
    12     "Working place."  The area in a mine from the last open
    13  crosscut to and including the face.
    14     "Working section."  The area in a mine from the face
    15  extending back 1,000 feet.
    16     "Year of experience."  For the purposes of issuing
    17  certifications under this act, the term shall mean working 240
    18  eight-hour days or the hourly equivalent within a 12-month
    19  period beginning with the first day of employment in a mine.
    20  Section 105.  Powers and duties of department.
    21     The department shall have the power and duty to administer a
    22  mine safety program for persons employed at mines. The
    23  department has the power and duty to do all of the following:
    24         (1)  Make inspections of public or private property as
    25     are necessary or useful in determining compliance with the
    26     provisions of this act, the rules and regulations promulgated
    27     under this act and any order, approval or permit issued by
    28     the department. The inspections may include examining or
    29     copying any documents required by this act.
    30         (2)  Conduct investigations and interviews of persons at
    20080S0949B1675                 - 18 -     

     1     a mine or elsewhere.
     2         (3)  Issue orders to implement the provisions and
     3     effectuate the purposes of this act.
     4         (4)  Institute proceedings and actions to implement the
     5     provisions and effectuate the purposes of this act, including
     6     suits seeking equitable relief or declaratory judgments and
     7     suits to recover costs incurred by the department.
     8         (5)  Institute prosecutions against the operator or his
     9     agent for a violation of any provision of this act.
    10         (6)  Determine whether a person is qualified to carry out
    11     a particular function or duty at a mine and to issue
    12     appropriate certification.
    13         (7)  Disqualify any person whose conduct poses a threat
    14     to the health and safety of those who work at mines or who
    15     interfere with the safe operation of any mine.
    16         (8)  Review and take appropriate action concerning safety
    17     of miners and persons in and about mines on all permit
    18     applications submitted to the department.
    19         (9)  Receive and act upon complaints.
    20         (10)  Conduct, review and, if funds are allocated for
    21     such purposes, commission scientific and other research
    22     directed to the purposes of this act.
    23         (11)  Approve electrical equipment, machinery, materials,
    24     methods and plans to be used at mines in this Commonwealth.
    25         (12)  Approve, on a mine-specific basis, the use of new
    26     technology, methods, materials, machinery, equipment,
    27     systems, tools, devices, processes and plans different from
    28     those required or authorized under the provisions of this act
    29     or the regulations promulgated under this act. The department
    30     may only make approvals where doing so would meet or exceed
    20080S0949B1675                 - 19 -     

     1     the protections afforded under this act or the regulations
     2     promulgated under this act. Approvals under this section
     3     shall have no precedent effect. All approvals in effect as of
     4     the effective date of this section shall remain in effect
     5     unless suspended, modified or revoked by the department.
     6         (13)  Respond to coordinate and assist responses to mine
     7     accidents and other emergencies.
     8         (14)  Establish an abandoned mine map repository.
     9         (15)  Serve as the agency of the Commonwealth for the
    10     receipt of funds from the Federal Government or other public
    11     agencies and expend the funds for studies and research with
    12     respect to and for the enforcement and administration of the
    13     purposes and provisions of this act and the regulations
    14     promulgated under this act.
    15         (16)  Assess civil penalties.
    16         (17)  Encourage and promote industry-based mine rescue
    17     capabilities.
    18         (18)  Provide training for department personnel and
    19     individuals who work in or who wish to work in the mining
    20     industry.
    21         (19)  Administer, deposit and expend funds from the Mine
    22     Safety Fund.
    23         (20)  Prepare and distribute to operators a mine
    24     operator's questionnaire form.
    25         (21)  Perform any act not inconsistent with any provision
    26     of this act, which it may deem necessary or proper for the
    27     effective administration or enforcement of this act and the
    28     rules or regulations promulgated under this act.
    29  Section 106.  Board of Coal Mine Safety.
    30     (a)  Establishment.--The Board of Coal Mine Safety is
    20080S0949B1675                 - 20 -     

     1  established and shall develop all of the following for
     2  recommendation to the department:
     3         (1)  Amendments that form the basis of the interim
     4     mandatory safety standards.
     5         (2)  Additional rules with respect to mine safety if the
     6     board determines that existing Federal and State regulations
     7     do not adequately address a specific hazard.
     8         (3)  Other rules and regulations as specifically
     9     authorized under this act.
    10     (b)  Composition.--The board shall consist of the secretary,
    11  who shall be the chairperson, and the following members
    12  appointed by the Governor:
    13         (1)  Three members who represent the viewpoint of the
    14     coal mine operators in this Commonwealth.
    15         (2)  Three members who represent the viewpoint of the
    16     working miners in this Commonwealth.
    17     (c)  Terms.--All appointments shall be subject to the
    18  following:
    19         (1)  The initial appointments after the effective date of
    20     this section shall have staggered terms so that, for each
    21     group of appointments under subsection (b), one member shall
    22     serve a term of one year, one member shall serve a term of
    23     two years and one member shall serve a term of three years.
    24     All subsequent appointments shall be for terms of three
    25     years.
    26         (2)  Members shall be eligible for reappointment.
    27     (d)  Representation.--For the initial appointments after the
    28  effective date of this section, the following shall apply:
    29         (1)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(1) shall
    30     be selected from a list containing six nominees submitted by
    20080S0949B1675                 - 21 -     

     1     the major trade association representing coal mine operators
     2     in this Commonwealth.
     3         (2)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(2) shall
     4     be selected from a list containing six nominees submitted by
     5     the highest-ranking official within the major labor
     6     organization representing coal miners in this Commonwealth.
     7     (e)  Vacancies.--The following shall apply to vacancies on
     8  the board:
     9         (1)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(1) shall
    10     be selected from a list containing three nominees submitted
    11     by the major trade association representing coal mine
    12     operators in this Commonwealth.
    13         (2)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(2) shall
    14     be selected from a list containing three nominees submitted
    15     by the highest-ranking official within the major labor
    16     organization representing coal miners in this Commonwealth.
    17     (f)  Employment.--Members of the board may continue in
    18  employment in the coal industry while serving on the board.
    19     (g)  Service.--Members shall serve at the pleasure of the
    20  Governor.
    21     (h)  Compensation.--Members of the board shall be compensated
    22  at the appropriate per diem rate based on the prevailing formula
    23  administered by the Commonwealth, but not less than $150 per
    24  day, plus reasonable expenses incurred while performing their
    25  official duties. The compensation shall be adjusted annually by
    26  the department to account for inflation based on the Consumer
    27  Price Index published by the United States Department of Labor.
    28  An individual board member may waive his or her right to all or
    29  part of the compensation.
    30     (i)  Meetings.--The board shall meet within 180 days of the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 22 -     

     1  effective date of this section for, at a minimum, organizational
     2  purposes. Members of the board shall meet at least twice during
     3  each calendar year or more often as may be necessary.
     4     (j)  Access.--In performing its functions, the board shall
     5  have access to the services of the department. The department
     6  shall make clerical support and assistance available to enable
     7  the board to carry out its duties.
     8     (k)  Funding.--Funding for the operation of the board and
     9  implementation of the provisions of this chapter shall be
    10  derived from the general government appropriation of the
    11  department.
    12     (l)  Nominations.--If a vacancy on the board occurs,
    13  nominations and appointments shall be made in the following
    14  manner:
    15         (1)  In the case of an appointment to fill a vacancy,
    16     nomination of a person for each vacancy shall be requested by
    17     and submitted to the Governor within 30 days after the
    18     vacancy occurs by the major trade association or major labor
    19     organization which nominated the person whose seat on the
    20     board is vacant.
    21         (2)  The vacancy shall be filled by the Governor within
    22     30 days of his or her receipt of the nomination.
    23     (m)  Quorum.--A quorum of the board shall consist of five
    24  members. Actions of the board must be approved by an affirmative
    25  vote of at least five members.
    26  Section 106.1.  Rulemaking.
    27     (a)  Authority.--The board shall have the authority to
    28  promulgate regulations that are necessary or appropriate to
    29  implement the requirements of this act and to protect the
    30  health, safety and welfare of miners and other persons in and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 23 -     

     1  about mines.
     2     (b)  Consideration.--The board shall consider promulgating as
     3  regulations any Federal mine safety standards that are either:
     4         (1)  Existing as of the effective date of this section
     5     and that are not included in interim mandatory safety
     6     standards.
     7         (2)  New standards, except for standards concerning
     8     diesel equipment, promulgated after the effective date of
     9     this section.
    10     (c)  Regulations.--Within 250 days of the effective date of
    11  this section, the board shall begin to consider the standards
    12  under subsection (b)(1) for promulgation as regulations. If
    13  final regulations are not promulgated by the board within three
    14  years of the effective date of this section, the secretary may
    15  promulgate final regulations consistent with Federal standards.
    16     (d)  New standards.--Within 70 days of the effective date of
    17  new mine safety standards under subsection (b)(2), the board
    18  shall begin to consider standards for promulgation as
    19  regulations. If the regulations are not promulgated as final by
    20  the board within three years of the effective date of the
    21  promulgation of the new standards, the secretary may promulgate
    22  final regulations consistent with Federal standards.
    23     (e)  Justification for regulations.--Regulations shall be
    24  based upon consideration of the latest scientific data in the
    25  field, the technical feasibility of standards, experience gained
    26  under this and other safety statutes, information submitted to
    27  the board in writing by any interested person or the
    28  recommendation of any member of the board, if the board
    29  determines that a regulation should be developed in order to
    30  serve the objectives of this act.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 24 -     

     1     (f)  Topic.--Without limiting the scope of the board's
     2  authority under this section, regulations may address any of the
     3  following:
     4         (1)  Revisions to an interim mandatory safety standard to
     5     address a new technology or method of mining.
     6         (2)  Hazards not addressed by existing safety standards.
     7         (3)  The identification of positions not listed under
     8     this act requiring a certificate of qualification.
     9         (4)  The establishment of fees for services in amounts
    10     sufficient to cover the department's costs of administering
    11     this act. The fees established by the board may be increased
    12     each year after implementation by the percentage, if any, by
    13     which the Consumer Price Index for the most recent calendar
    14     year exceeds the Consumer Price Index for the calendar year
    15     1989. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Consumer Price
    16     Index for any calendar year shall mean the average of the
    17     Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, published by
    18     the United States Department of Labor, as of the close of the
    19     12-month period ending on August 31 of each calendar year.
    20     (g)  Safety.--No regulation promulgated by the board shall
    21  reduce or compromise the level of safety or protection afforded
    22  mine workers under this act. The secretary may disapprove a
    23  notice of a proposed regulation or a final regulation approved
    24  by the board which the secretary determines would reduce or
    25  compromise the level of safety or protection afforded mine
    26  workers under this act if the secretary describes the basis for
    27  the disapproval.
    28     (h)  MINER Act.--With regard to the adoption of Federal
    29  standards established pursuant to the Mine Improvement and New
    30  Emergency Response Act of 2006 (Public Law 109-236, 120 Stat.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 25 -     

     1  493), the following shall apply:
     2         (1)  The board is specifically authorized to promulgate
     3     regulations that the board deems appropriate, including
     4     accelerated compliance schedules and additional requirements.
     5         (2)  The board shall consider promulgating regulations
     6     regarding flammability standards for conveyor belts.
     7         (3)  If MSHA fails to promulgate regulations regarding
     8     emergency shelters and chambers, the board shall promulgate
     9     regulations.
    10         (4)  Regulations shall be no less stringent than the
    11     Federal mine safety standards
    12     (i)  Action.--The board shall take action on the tests and
    13  evaluations performed by the mining industry under section
    14  334(b) and (c).
    15     (j)  Fees.--The department may set reasonable interim fees
    16  pending adoption of fee regulations under this section.
    17  Section 106.2.  Emergency shelters and chambers.
    18     The board's emergency shelter or chamber regulations shall
    19  accomplish all of the following:
    20         (1)  Provide a minimum of 48 hours of life support,
    21     including air, water, emergency medical supplies and food,
    22     for the maximum number of miners reasonably expected to be on
    23     the working section.
    24         (2)  Be capable of surviving an initial event with a peak
    25     over pressure of 15 psi for three seconds and a flash fire,
    26     as defined by National Fire Protection Association standard
    27     NFPA-2113, of 300 degrees Fahrenheit for three seconds.
    28         (3)  Be constructed in a manner that the emergency
    29     shelter or chamber will be protected under normal handling
    30     and pre-event mine conditions.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 26 -     

     1         (4)  Provide for rapidly establishing and maintaining an
     2     internal shelter atmosphere of oxygen above 19.5%, carbon
     3     dioxide below 0.5%.
     4         (5)  Provide for carbon monoxide below 50 ppm and an
     5     apparent-temperature of 95 degrees Fahrenheit.
     6         (6)  Provide the ability to monitor carbon monoxide and
     7     oxygen inside and outside the shelter or chamber.
     8         (7)  Provide a means for entry and exit that maintains
     9     the integrity of the internal atmosphere.
    10         (8)  Provide a means for MSHA-certified intrinsically
    11     safe power if power is required.
    12         (9)  Provide a minimum of eight quarts of water per
    13     miner.
    14         (10)  Provide a minimum of 4,000 calories of food per
    15     miner.
    16         (11)  Provide a means for disposal of human waste to the
    17     outside of the shelter or chamber.
    18         (12)  Provide a first aid kit.
    19         (13)  Have provisions for inspection of the shelter or
    20     chamber and its contents.
    21         (14)  Contain manufacturer-recommended repair materials.
    22         (15)  Provide a battery-powered, occupant-activated
    23     strobe light, of a model approved by the board, that is
    24     visible from the outside indicating occupancy.
    25         (16)  Provide provisions for communication to the
    26     surface.
    27         (17)  Provide proof of current approval for all items and
    28     materials subject to approval.
    29  Section 106.3.  Notice to operators and miners.
    30     The department shall send a copy in writing or electronically
    20080S0949B1675                 - 27 -     

     1  of every proposed regulation and final regulation, at the time
     2  of publication in the Pennsylvania Bulletin, to the operator of
     3  each coal mine and the representative of the miners at the mine,
     4  and the copy shall be immediately posted on the bulletin board
     5  of the mine by the operator or his or her agent. Failure to
     6  receive the notice shall not invalidate the final regulation or
     7  relieve anyone of the obligation to comply with final
     8  regulation.
     9  Section 106.4.  Standards for surface facilities.
    10     The department shall use the applicable standards contained
    11  in 30 CFR Part 77 (relating to mandatory safety standards,
    12  surface coal mines and surface work areas of underground coal
    13  mines) regarding the sinking of shafts and slopes and surface
    14  facilities that are part of mines, pending promulgation of
    15  regulations by the board regarding those activities and
    16  facilities.
    17  Section 107.  Safety issues.
    18     The department shall consider the safety of miners in
    19  reviewing and acting on applications for permits issued to and
    20  for mines and shall include conditions addressing safety in
    21  issuing the permits. If the department determines that any
    22  aspect of the contemplated activity at an existing or proposed
    23  mine might constitute a threat to the health and safety of
    24  miners or persons in and about mines, the department shall
    25  require the applicant or operator to eliminate the threat. If
    26  the applicant or operator does not eliminate the threat to the
    27  department's satisfaction, the department shall deny the
    28  application or applications or shall unilaterally modify the
    29  terms of the permit or suspend or revoke the permit.
    30  Section 108.  Inspections.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 28 -     

     1     The department shall make frequent inspections of mines. Each
     2  mine shall be inspected at least semiannually for electrical
     3  purposes and at least quarterly for general purposes.
     4  Inspections shall be conducted more frequently when the
     5  department determines that more frequent inspections are
     6  necessary or desirable. Inspections shall be conducted for the
     7  purposes of:
     8         (1)  Obtaining, utilizing and disseminating information
     9     relating to health and safety conditions, the causes of
    10     accidents and the causes of diseases and physical impairments
    11     originating in mines.
    12         (2)  Gathering information with respect to health or
    13     safety standards established or regulations promulgated under
    14     this act.
    15         (3)  Determining whether a danger exists.
    16         (4)  Determining whether the mine is in compliance with
    17     the provisions of this act, the mine safety regulations and
    18     any citation, order, permit or decision issued by the
    19     department under this act.
    20  Section 109.  Accidents.
    21     (a)  Duties of operator.--In the event of an accident
    22  occurring at a mine, an operator shall do all of the following:
    23         (1)  Notify the department no later than 15 minutes of
    24     discovery of the accident.
    25         (2)  Take appropriate measures to prevent the destruction
    26     of evidence which would assist in investigating the cause of
    27     the accident. Unless granted permission by the department, no
    28     operator may alter an accident site or an accident-related
    29     area until completion of all investigations pertaining to the
    30     accident, except to rescue any individual and prevent
    20080S0949B1675                 - 29 -     

     1     destruction of mine equipment.
     2         (3)  Obtain the approval of the department for any plan
     3     to recover any person in the mine, to recover the coal mine
     4     or to return the affected areas of the mine to normal
     5     operations.
     6         (4)  Conduct its own investigation of the accident and
     7     develop a written report of the investigation. The report
     8     shall include all of the following:
     9             (i)  The date and hour of the accident.
    10             (ii)  The date the investigation began.
    11             (iii)  The names of the individuals participating in
    12         the investigation.
    13             (iv)  A description of the accident site.
    14             (v)  An explanation of the accident or injury,
    15         including a description of any equipment involved and
    16         relevant events before and after the accident.
    17             (vi)  An explanation of the cause of the accident.
    18             (vii)  An explanation of the cause of any injury
    19         sustained due to the accident.
    20             (viii)  The name, occupation and experience of any
    21         miner involved in the accident.
    22             (ix)  A sketch depicting the accident, including
    23         dimensions where pertinent.
    24             (x)  A description of steps taken to prevent a
    25         similar accident in the future.
    26     (b)  Duties of department.--In the event of an accident
    27  occurring at a mine, the department shall do all of the
    28  following:
    29         (1)  Take whatever action it deems appropriate, including
    30     the issuance of orders, to protect the life, health or safety
    20080S0949B1675                 - 30 -     

     1     of any person, including coordinating and assisting rescue
     2     and recovery activities in the mine.
     3         (2)  Promptly decide whether to conduct an investigation
     4     of the accident and inform the operator and the miners'
     5     representative of its decision.
     6     (c)  Report.--Each operator shall report to the department
     7  each accident and lost-time injury.
     8         (1)  The operator shall report within ten working days of
     9     the accident or lost-time injury. An operator may meet the
    10     requirements of this paragraph by submitting a copy of the
    11     MSHA Mine Accident, Injury and Illness Report Form 7000-1
    12     required by 30 CFR § 50.20 (relating to preparation and
    13     submission of MSHA Report Form 7000-1--Mine Accident, Injury,
    14     and Illness Report) in use on the date of the accident.
    15         (2)  Each accident and lost-time injury shall be reported
    16     on a separate form. If more than one miner is injured in the
    17     same accident, the operator shall submit a separate form for
    18     each miner affected.
    19  Section 110.  Mine officials' certification.
    20     (a)  Administration.--After evaluating the examinations, the
    21  department shall issue certificates to those candidates who have
    22  met the established criteria for each certification category.
    23     (b)  Committee.--
    24         (1)  The department shall appoint a committee to annually
    25     review and update the department's database of examination
    26     questions and answers. The committee shall be made up of an
    27     equal number of persons representing the viewpoints of the
    28     department, operators and miners.
    29         (2)  Members of the committee shall be compensated in the
    30     same manner as members of the board under section 106(h). An
    20080S0949B1675                 - 31 -     

     1     individual committee member may waive his or her right to all
     2     or part of the compensation under this paragraph.
     3         (3)  Members of the committee shall, after the committee
     4     has been duly organized, take and subscribe the following
     5     oath before an officer authorized to administer oaths:
     6         We, the undersigned, do solemnly swear that we will
     7         perform the duties of members of this committee, and we
     8         will not divulge or make known to any person any question
     9         prepared for the mine officials, or in any manner assist
    10         any applicant to pass the examination.
    11     (c)  Confidential records.--Records pertaining to
    12  certification examinations shall not constitute a public record
    13  under the act of June 21, 1957 (P.L.390, No.212), referred to as
    14  the Right-to-Know Law.
    15  Section 111.  Classification of mines as gassy.
    16     Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the distinction
    17  between gassy and nongassy mines is eliminated, and all
    18  underground bituminous mines shall comply with the requirements
    19  for gassy mines.
    20  Section 112.  Reports.
    21     (a)  Questionnaire.--The operator of an underground mine
    22  shall submit to the department a completed or revised deep mine
    23  questionnaire in the following instances:
    24         (1)  Prior to the commencement of any work for the
    25     purpose of opening of a new underground mine or reopening an
    26     underground mine that has closed.
    27         (2)  Upon change of the information reflected on the most
    28     recently submitted operator's questionnaire.
    29     (a.1)  Notice.--Upon discontinuance of the operation of an
    30  underground mine, the operator shall immediately notify the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 32 -     

     1  department.
     2     (b)  Quarterly reports.--
     3         (1)  Each operator of an active mine shall submit
     4     quarterly reports within 15 days after the end of each
     5     quarter. The report shall contain information reflecting the
     6     activities of the previous quarter and shall include all of
     7     the following:
     8             (i)  The name and address of the mine.
     9             (ii)  Identification of the mine superintendent and
    10         mine foreman.
    11             (iii)  The employment, employee hours and coal
    12         production statistics for the mine.
    13             (iv)  A detailed description of the reportable
    14         injuries or accidents that occurred at the mine.
    15         (2)  An operator may meet the requirements of paragraph
    16     (1) by submitting a copy of the MSHA Quarterly Employment and
    17     Coal Production Report in use on the date of the quarterly
    18     report.
    19     (c)  Corrections.--By February 15 of each year, an operator
    20  must submit any corrections to the quarterly reports submitted
    21  during the prior year and must certify the accuracy of the
    22  corrected quarterly reports.
    23     (d)  Additional duties.--In addition to any records required
    24  under this act, a mine operator shall establish and maintain
    25  records, make reports and provide information as the department
    26  may require from time to time. The department is authorized to
    27  compile, analyze and publish, either in summary or detail form,
    28  the reports or information obtained. All records, information,
    29  reports, findings, notices, orders or decisions required or
    30  issued pursuant to or under this act may be published from time
    20080S0949B1675                 - 33 -     

     1  to time, may be released to any interested person and shall
     2  constitute a public record under the act of June 21, 1957
     3  (P.L.390, No.212), referred to as the Right-to-Know Law.
     4     (e)  Copies.--An operator of a mine shall maintain a copy of
     5  the reports required by this section at the mine office closest
     6  to the mine for a period of not less than five years after
     7  submission of the reports.
     8  Section 113.  Mine rescue program.
     9     (a)  Establishment.--The department is authorized to
    10  establish and administer a mine rescue program for mines not
    11  able to provide a mine rescue crew for themselves. The
    12  department shall establish a program to do the following:
    13         (1)  Instruct mine employees how to care for persons
    14     injured in and about the mines.
    15         (2)  Train mine employees who may voluntarily seek
    16     training in the use of self-contained breathing apparatus,
    17     gas masks, first aid to the injured and other things or
    18     practices essential to the safe and efficient conduct of the
    19     work of first aid and mine rescue.
    20     (b)  Equipment.--The department shall purchase and maintain
    21  adequate quantities of emergency response vehicles, specialized
    22  equipment, supplies and services necessary to assure rapid and
    23  effective response to mine emergencies, including mine fires,
    24  mine explosions, mine inundations, entrapments and mine recovery
    25  operations.
    26     (c)  Contracts.--In the event of an emergency response, the
    27  department may use the emergency contracting provisions of 62
    28  Pa.C.S. § 516 (relating to emergency procurement) to lease
    29  additional services or equipment as is needed to respond to a
    30  mine emergency. The department, with the consent of the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 34 -     

     1  Governor, may use funds available to the Commonwealth for the
     2  purpose of responding to a mine emergency.
     3  Section 114.  Direction of mine rescue work.
     4     The department shall coordinate and assist in all responses
     5  to a mine emergency conducted in this Commonwealth. The extent
     6  of coordination and assistance shall depend on the nature of the
     7  mine emergency and the operator's ability to respond to the mine
     8  emergency. This authority shall include directing responses to
     9  mine emergencies and assigning mine rescue crews and mine rescue
    10  and recovery work to mine inspectors or other qualified
    11  employees of the department.
    12  Section 115.  Recovery of funds.
    13     The department is authorized to seek from an operator
    14  reimbursement of funds expended by the department to rent
    15  equipment and obtain services in responding to a mine emergency.
    16  Section 116.  Mine Safety Fund.
    17     There is created a special fund known as the Mine Safety
    18  Fund. All funds received by the department from fees, including
    19  those from fines and certificates of qualification, all civil
    20  penalties collected under this act and all funds recovered from
    21  operators for expenses incurred in responding to a mine
    22  emergency shall be deposited by the State Treasurer into the
    23  Mine Safety Fund and shall be used by the department for mine
    24  safety activities.
    25  Section 117.  Bituminous mine inspector.
    26     Notwithstanding the act of August 5, 1941 (P.L.752, No.286),
    27  known as the Civil Service Act, in order to become eligible for
    28  employment as a bituminous mine inspector, a person must, at a
    29  minimum, meet the following qualifications:
    30         (1)  Be a resident of this Commonwealth.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 35 -     

     1         (2)  Be a person of good moral character and known
     2     temperate habits.
     3         (3)  Be physically capable of entering and inspecting a
     4     coal mine.
     5         (4)  Have at least a high school diploma.
     6         (5)  Be at least 31 years of age.
     7         (6)  Have had at least ten years' experience in an
     8     underground bituminous coal mine.
     9         (7)  Hold a current, valid certificate as a bituminous
    10     mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner.
    11         (8)  Pass, with at least a score of 90%, the mine
    12     inspector's examination as conducted by the State Civil
    13     Service Commission in accordance with the Civil Service Act.
    14  Section 118.  Bituminous mine electrical inspector.
    15     Notwithstanding the act of August 5, 1941 (P.L.752, No.286),
    16  known as the Civil Service Act, in order to become eligible for
    17  employment as a bituminous mine electrical inspector, a person
    18  must meet at least the following qualifications:
    19         (1)  Be a resident of this Commonwealth.
    20         (2)  Be a person of good moral character and known
    21     temperate habits.
    22         (3)  Be physically capable of entering and inspecting a
    23     coal mine.
    24         (4)  Have at least a high school diploma.
    25         (5)  Be at least 30 years of age.
    26         (6)  Have had at least ten years' experience in an
    27     underground bituminous coal mine.
    28         (7)  Hold a current, valid certificate as a bituminous
    29     mine electrician.
    30         (8)  Pass, with at least a score of 90%, the mine
    20080S0949B1675                 - 36 -     

     1     electrical inspector's examination as conducted by the State
     2     Civil Service Commission in accordance with the Civil Service
     3     Act.
     4  Section 119.  Availability of mine maps.
     5     (a)  Authorization.--The department is authorized and
     6  directed to obtain and copy all maps of mining conducted in this
     7  Commonwealth.
     8     (b)  Inspection and copying.--Any person who has possession
     9  of a mine map shall make the map available to the department for
    10  inspection and copying. The map shall be returned to its owner
    11  within 30 days.
    12     (c)  Liability.--No person shall, solely on the basis of
    13  supplying a mine map to the department, be attributed or
    14  divested of liability.
    15  Section 120.  Mine map repository.
    16     The department shall develop and maintain a repository of all
    17  mine maps it has obtained or has had an opportunity to copy. The
    18  department shall organize and catalog the mine maps in the
    19  repository to enable the department, other government agencies,
    20  mine operators and the general public to review the mine maps
    21  and to determine the location of mine workings. All mine maps
    22  and copies of mine maps held by the department shall be open for
    23  public inspection and made available for review upon request
    24  during the department's normal business hours.
    25  Section 121.  Applicability.
    26     The provisions of Chapters 2 and 3 shall not apply to the
    27  construction of shafts and slopes.
    28                             CHAPTER 2
    29       GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGROUND BITUMINOUS MINES
    30  Section 201.  General safety requirements.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 37 -     

     1     The following are general safety requirements:
     2         (1)  All work must be performed in a safe manner.
     3         (2)  All equipment must be maintained in safe operating
     4     condition.
     5         (3)  No person shall be employed as a mine foreman,
     6     assistant mine foreman, mine examiner, mine electrician,
     7     mining machine operator, shot-firer or miner unless that
     8     person holds a current, valid certification from the
     9     department to work in that capacity. A person who holds a
    10     current, valid certification to be a mine foreman may also
    11     work as an assistant mine foreman or mine examiner. Only a
    12     mine official shall direct the work force in matters
    13     involving the safety of employees. A person who holds a
    14     current, valid certification as an assistant mine foreman may
    15     also work as a mine examiner.
    16         (4)  It shall be the duty of the operator and all mine
    17     officials to comply with and see that others comply with the
    18     provisions of this act, the regulations promulgated pursuant
    19     to this act, all orders and approvals and the safety
    20     conditions in permits issued to the mine. It shall also be
    21     the duty of the operator and all mine officials to cooperate
    22     with the department in implementing the provisions of this
    23     act and effectuating the purposes of this act.
    24         (5)  The operator and all mine officials shall comply
    25     with and follow all mining plans, approvals and orders issued
    26     by the department, rules and regulations of the operator, all
    27     provisions of law that are in harmony with this act and all
    28     other applicable laws. The operator is responsible for
    29     assuring that all activities in and around the mine,
    30     including those conducted by contractors, are conducted in
    20080S0949B1675                 - 38 -     

     1     compliance with this act, regulations promulgated under this
     2     act, approvals and orders issued by the department and any
     3     safety conditions included in permits.
     4         (6)  During coal production, an assistant mine foreman
     5     shall be assigned to only one working section. The assistant
     6     mine foreman shall supervise persons engaged in the coal-
     7     cutting operation. The assistant mine foreman may perform
     8     additional duties provided that he spends a majority of his
     9     time supervising persons engaged in the coal-cutting
    10     operation.
    11         (7)  Every superintendent, mine foreman, assistant mine
    12     foreman, mine electrician and mine examiner shall represent
    13     the Commonwealth in the mine in which he or she is employed
    14     and shall be deemed an officer of the Commonwealth in
    15     enforcing the provisions of this act and performing his or
    16     her duties under this act. He or she shall perform these
    17     duties during such times as the mine is in operation and at
    18     such other times as the department deems to be necessary or
    19     appropriate to make the mine safe and to protect the health
    20     and safety of those who work in and around the mine.
    21  Section 202.  Qualifications for certification.
    22     (a)  General requirements.--
    23         (1)  Except as set forth under paragraph (2), in order to
    24     be eligible to sit for a certification examination, the
    25     following shall apply:
    26             (i)  An applicant must demonstrate the following
    27         levels of work experience in an underground bituminous
    28         coal mine:
    29                 (A)  Mine foreman or mine electrician, five
    30             years.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 39 -     

     1                 (B)  Assistant mine foreman, four years.
     2                 (C)  Mine examiner, three years.
     3             (ii)  For each certification category in subparagraph
     4         (i), a minimum of two years' experience must have been in
     5         a working section.
     6         (2)  If an applicant holds a bachelor's degree in mining
     7     engineering or an associate degree in mining technology from
     8     a recognized institution of higher education in the case of a
     9     mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner, or a
    10     bachelor's degree in electrical engineering or an associate
    11     degree in electrical technology from a recognized institution
    12     of higher learning in the case of a mine electrician, in
    13     order to be eligible to sit for a certification examination,
    14     the following shall apply:
    15             (i)  An applicant must demonstrate the following
    16         levels of work experience in an underground bituminous
    17         coal mine:
    18                 (A)  Mine foreman or mine electrician, four
    19             years.
    20                 (B)  Assistant mine foreman, three years.
    21                 (C)  Mine examiner, two years.
    22             (ii)  For each certification category in subparagraph
    23         (i), a minimum of one year's experience must have been in
    24         a working section.
    25     (b)  Additional requirements.--The following additional
    26  requirements shall apply:
    27         (1)  All applicants shall be able to read and write the
    28     English language intelligently, and shall furnish the
    29     department with certificates as to their character and
    30     temperate habits, and a notarized statement from previous
    20080S0949B1675                 - 40 -     

     1     employers setting forth the length of service and type of
     2     work performed in the different mines.
     3         (2)  Certificates of qualification as mine foremen shall
     4     be granted to persons who have given to the department
     5     satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform the duties
     6     of mine foreman and who have received training by persons
     7     approved by the department in determining the presence of
     8     explosive and noxious gases, and in the use and mechanics of
     9     all gas detection devices, and who have received an average
    10     of at least 80% in the examination.
    11         (3)  Certificates of qualification as assistant mine
    12     foremen shall be granted to persons who have given to the
    13     department satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform
    14     the duties of assistant mine foreman and who have received
    15     training by persons approved by the department in determining
    16     the presence of explosive and noxious gases, and in the use
    17     and mechanics of all gas detection devices, and who have
    18     received an average of at least 70% in the examination.
    19         (4)  Certificates of qualification as mine examiners
    20     shall be granted to persons who have given to the department
    21     satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform the duties
    22     of mine examiners and who have received training by persons
    23     approved by the department in determining the presence of
    24     explosive and noxious gases, and in the use and mechanics of
    25     all gas detection devices, and who have received an average
    26     of at least 75% in the mine examiners examination.
    27         (5)  Certificates of qualification as mine electrician
    28     shall be granted to persons who have given to the department
    29     satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform the duties
    30     of mine electrician and received training by persons approved
    20080S0949B1675                 - 41 -     

     1     by the department in determining the presence of explosive
     2     and noxious gases, and in the use and mechanics of all gas
     3     detection devices, and who have received an average of 75% in
     4     the mine electrician's examination.
     5         (6)  Certificates of qualification or service granted
     6     prior to the effective date of this act shall have equal
     7     value with certificates of qualification granted under this
     8     act.
     9         (7)  All applicants who have satisfactorily passed
    10     examinations, after being certified but before assuming their
    11     duties as mine foremen, mine electricians, assistant mine
    12     foremen or mine examiners, shall accompany a certified mine
    13     foreman or certified assistant mine foreman for not less than
    14     two weeks for training purposes in accordance with a training
    15     program submitted by the operator and approved by the
    16     department. Any applicant who has been granted a prior mine
    17     official certificate need not undergo this training. The
    18     record of such training shall be maintained at the mine.
    19  Section 203.  Emergency use of mine examiner as assistant mine
    20                 foreman.
    21     The mine foreman may appoint a mine examiner who is willing
    22  to act as assistant mine foreman for not more than one month if
    23  all of the following apply:
    24         (1)  There is an emergency. As used in this paragraph,
    25     the term "emergency" means a condition which could not have
    26     been foreseen and requires immediate action.
    27         (2)  There is no assistant mine foreman available in the
    28     mine who is willing to act as assistant mine foreman.
    29         (3)  A mine foreman may act as an assistant mine foreman,
    30     a mine examiner or a miner. An assistant mine foreman may act
    20080S0949B1675                 - 42 -     

     1     as a mine examiner or a miner. A mine examiner may act as a
     2     miner.
     3         (4)  Foreman trainees, where used, shall not direct the
     4     work force in matters involving directly or indirectly the
     5     safety of employees nor make tests or examinations required
     6     to be made by mine officials.
     7  Section 204.  Certification of miners.
     8     No person shall be employed or engaged as a miner in any
     9  bituminous coal mine in this Commonwealth without first having
    10  obtained a certificate of competency and qualification, except
    11  that any miner holding such certificate may have a maximum of
    12  two persons working for him and under his direction as
    13  noncertified miners for the purpose of learning the business of
    14  mining, and such noncertified miner or noncertified miners shall
    15  be permitted to work under the direction of such miner without a
    16  certificate. The miner shall provide adequate oversight to keep
    17  the uncertified individual out of harm's way.
    18  Section 205.  Qualifications for certification as miners.
    19     The following shall apply:
    20         (1)  Miners shall be examined and granted certificates
    21     under regulations of the department.
    22         (2)  No person shall be qualified to take the examination
    23     unless the person produces evidence of having had not less
    24     than one year's experience in bituminous coal mines.
    25         (3)  All persons possessing certificates of qualification
    26     issued by the Commonwealth entitling them to act as mine
    27     foremen, assistant mine foremen, mine examiners or mine
    28     electricians shall be eligible to engage at any time as
    29     miners in bituminous coal mines of this Commonwealth.
    30  Section 206.  Issuance of miners' certificates.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 43 -     

     1     The form and manner of issuing miners' certificates shall be
     2  designated by the department. Certificates granted shall entitle
     3  the certificate holder to be employed as and do the work of a
     4  miner in the bituminous coal mines of this Commonwealth. A
     5  certificate granted shall not be transferable and a transfer
     6  shall be deemed a violation of this act.
     7  Section 207.  Certification of mining machine operators and
     8                 shot-firers.
     9     (a)  General rule.--It shall be unlawful to employ as a
    10  mining machine operator or shot-firer in any bituminous coal
    11  mine any person who has not given evidence to the department as
    12  to his fitness and competency to handle and use an approved gas
    13  detection device and his ability to determine the presence or
    14  absence of explosive gas and other dangerous conditions. The
    15  manner of determining fitness and competency shall be prescribed
    16  by the department. The department shall issue a certificate to
    17  those found competent, on a form prescribed by the department.
    18  The cost of the examination and certification shall be borne by
    19  the candidates.
    20     (b)  Eligibility.--An individual possessing a certificate of
    21  qualification issued by the Commonwealth entitling the
    22  individual to act as a mine foreman, assistant mine foreman,
    23  mine examiner or mine electrician is eligible to engage as a
    24  mining machine operator in a bituminous coal mine.
    25  Section 208.  Employment of mine foremen.
    26     In order to secure efficient management and proper
    27  ventilation of mines, to promote the health and safety of the
    28  persons employed in mines and to protect and preserve the
    29  property connected with mines, the operator or superintendent
    30  shall employ a competent and practical mine foreman for every
    20080S0949B1675                 - 44 -     

     1  mine, who shall be under the supervision and control of the
     2  operator or superintendent. The operator or superintendent of a
     3  mine shall be held as fully responsible as the individual
     4  appointed to act as mine foreman. The mine foreman shall have
     5  full charge of all the inside workings and the persons employed
     6  in the mine, subject, however, to the supervision and control of
     7  the operator or superintendent, in order that all the provisions
     8  of this act so far as they relate to his duties shall be
     9  complied with, and the regulations prescribed for each class of
    10  workmen under his charge are carried out in the strictest manner
    11  possible.
    12  Section 209.  Employment of mine electricians.
    13     Each mine shall employ a certified mine electrician, who
    14  shall have full charge of the electrical apparatus at the mine,
    15  but shall be subject to the authority of the mine foreman. It
    16  shall be the duty of the mine electrician to assist the mine
    17  foreman in carrying out all the provisions of the bituminous
    18  mining laws bearing on the use and installation of electricity
    19  inside bituminous coal mines and the equipment powered thereby,
    20  and the mine electrician shall be subject to the same penalties
    21  as the mine foreman for any violation of these laws.
    22  Section 210.  Employment of assistant mine foremen.
    23     When mine workings become so extensive that the mine foreman
    24  is unable personally to carry out the requirements of this act
    25  pertaining to duties, the mine foreman shall have the right to
    26  employ a sufficient number of competent persons to act as his
    27  assistants, who shall be under his instruction and the
    28  operator's or the superintendent's instruction in carrying out
    29  the provisions of this act. In each mine the mine foreman's
    30  assistants must possess assistant mine foreman certificates. In
    20080S0949B1675                 - 45 -     

     1  case of the necessary temporary absence of the mine foreman, the
     2  mine foreman may deputize his responsibilities, for the time
     3  being, to an assistant mine foreman, who shall perform all the
     4  duties of the mine foreman. Any mine foreman, assistant mine
     5  foreman, mine examiner or mine electrician may supervise and
     6  direct the work of a maximum of two noncertified miners, and
     7  shall instruct the persons how safely and properly to perform
     8  their work.
     9  Section 211.  Ventilation responsibilities of mine foreman.
    10     The following shall apply:
    11         (1)  A mine foreman shall devote the whole of his time to
    12     his duties in the mine when the mine is in operation, shall
    13     keep careful watch over the ventilating apparatus, the
    14     ventilation, airways and travelways and shall see that all
    15     stoppings along airways are properly built.
    16         (2)  A mine foreman shall ensure that proper cut-throughs
    17     are made in the pillars of all rooms and entries, and that
    18     they are closed when necessary or when required by the
    19     department, so that the ventilating current can be conducted
    20     in sufficient quantity through the last cut-through to the
    21     face of each room and entry. A mine foreman shall not permit
    22     any room or entry to be turned in advance of the ventilating
    23     current or in advance of the last cut-through in the entry.
    24         (3)  A mine foreman or an assistant mine foreman shall
    25     measure the air current at or near the main inlet and outlet
    26     airway at least once each week, and also in the last cut-
    27     through in the last room and in the entry beyond the last
    28     room turned in each entry. A record shall be made of daily
    29     measurements in the assistant mine foreman's daily report
    30     book. The measurements shall be taken on days when
    20080S0949B1675                 - 46 -     

     1     individuals are at work, and for making the measurements an
     2     anemometer shall be provided and kept in good condition by
     3     the superintendent of the mine.
     4         (4)  The following pertain to fan stoppage:
     5             (i)  If a main mine fan stops and the ventilating
     6         quantity provided by the fan is not maintained by a
     7         backup fan system, the following actions shall be taken:
     8                 (A)  The power inby the loading point shall be
     9             immediately disconnected and all men shall be
    10             withdrawn from the face areas of the mine to a point
    11             outby the loading point on the main travelway with
    12             established communications.
    13                 (B)  As soon as it is known that the ventilation
    14             has been interrupted, all permissible battery-powered
    15             equipment shall be removed from the immediate face
    16             area and moved to a safe location outby the last open
    17             crosscut. All other battery-powered mobile equipment,
    18             except transportation equipment necessary for
    19             evacuation if located in a safe area, shall not be
    20             used after a ventilation interruption occurs. If
    21             possible, battery terminal leads shall be
    22             disconnected. If leads are not disconnected, all
    23             switches shall be turned off.
    24                 (C)  If the interruption is less than 15 minutes,
    25             the working places, adjacent places and all other
    26             active working areas where methane may accumulate
    27             will be examined by a certified mine foreman,
    28             assistant mine foreman or mine examiner to determine
    29             if methane in the amount of 1.0 volume percent or
    30             more exists before power is restored and the men are
    20080S0949B1675                 - 47 -     

     1             permitted to resume mining operations.
     2             (ii)  If the ventilation is not restored within 15
     3         minutes, the following precautions shall be taken:
     4                 (A)  The power to all underground areas shall be
     5             disconnected.
     6                 (B)  All persons shall be withdrawn from the mine
     7             on foot under proper supervision.
     8                 (C)  If ventilation is restored before the
     9             evacuation is completed, the certified mine foreman,
    10             assistant mine foreman or mine examiner may start the
    11             reexamination of the mine, but all other persons must
    12             continue to evacuate.
    13                 (D)  In order to provide for worker safety, power
    14             for communications may be left on.
    15             (iii)  As an alternative to evacuating the men on
    16         foot, a mine operator may propose to utilize mechanical
    17         equipment during the evacuation. To justify this proposal
    18         the operator must perform a survey that shows explosive
    19         gas will not migrate to or accumulate in the designated
    20         haulageways that will be used to evacuate the mine. The
    21         duration of the survey shall be at least twice the travel
    22         time from the farthest face to the surface. The operator
    23         shall provide the representative of the miners, if
    24         applicable, an opportunity to participate in the survey.
    25         The department will approve the survey criteria. Trolley
    26         equipment will not be used during a fan stoppage. If the
    27         survey provides affirmative results, which shall be
    28         provided to the department, the department shall approve
    29         a plan that provides:
    30                 (A)  That permissible transportation equipment
    20080S0949B1675                 - 48 -     

     1             shall be used if available.
     2                 (B)  That evacuations shall begin within 15
     3             minutes after a ventilation interruption and shall
     4             proceed in an orderly and expedient manner.
     5                 (C)  That the minimum number of vehicles will be
     6             used for the evacuation.
     7                 (D)  That, during transportation, a certified
     8             person qualified to perform methane examinations
     9             riding in each vehicle shall continuously monitor for
    10             methane using a handheld detector and at specific
    11             locations designated by the operator based on the
    12             survey results. The speed of the vehicles shall not
    13             be so fast as to negate the detector's ability to
    14             accurately measure methane levels.
    15                 (E)  That, if at any time during the evacuation
    16             methane is detected in an amount of .25% or more, the
    17             transportation vehicles will be deenergized and the
    18             evacuation completed on foot.
    19                 (F)  That the operator, the department and the
    20             representative of the miners, if applicable, shall
    21             review the plan annually or more frequently if
    22             conditions warrant.
    23             (iv)  If ventilation is restored to normal water
    24         gauge before the evacuation is completed, a certified
    25         mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner may
    26         start the reexamination of the mine, but all persons must
    27         continue to evacuate.
    28             (v)  The reexamination shall be made of the mine in
    29         the same manner as a preshift examination for a coal-
    30         producing shift before any power underground is
    20080S0949B1675                 - 49 -     

     1         energized, including battery-powered or diesel-powered
     2         equipment, or before persons are permitted to enter the
     3         mine. The examination shall be made on foot, except an
     4         operator may use permissible transportation equipment on
     5         intake travelways only for reexamination after a fan
     6         stoppage if the examination is started within the time
     7         period established by the survey. The examination shall
     8         be recorded in the official mine record books used for
     9         examinations under section 218.
    10         (5)  The mine foreman shall notify the superintendent in
    11     writing whenever in his opinion the mine is becoming
    12     dangerous through the lack of ample ventilation at the face
    13     of entries, rooms and other portions of the mine, caused by
    14     the undue length of entries and airways or from any other
    15     cause, resulting in the accumulation of gas or coal dust, or
    16     both, in various portions of the mine. The superintendent
    17     shall thoroughly investigate the mine foreman's report and,
    18     if substantiated, order necessary work done to put the
    19     affected area in safe operating condition. It shall be the
    20     duty of the superintendent to immediately notify the
    21     department of the condition.
    22         (6)  The mine foreman shall see that every mine releasing
    23     explosive gas is kept free of standing methane, but any
    24     accumulation of explosive or noxious gases in the worked-out
    25     or abandoned portions of any mine shall be removed as soon as
    26     possible after its discovery, if it is practicable to remove
    27     it. No person endangered by the presence of explosive or
    28     noxious gases shall be allowed in that portion of the mine
    29     until the gases have been removed. The mine foreman shall
    30     direct and see that all dangerous places and the entrance or
    20080S0949B1675                 - 50 -     

     1     entrances to worked-out and abandoned places in all mines are
     2     properly fenced off across the openings so that no person can
     3     enter, and that danger signals are posted upon said fencing
     4     to warn persons of the existing danger.
     5         (7)  When operations are temporarily suspended in a mine,
     6     the mine foreman shall see that danger signals are placed
     7     across the mine entrance, which signals shall be sufficient
     8     warning for unauthorized persons not to enter the mine. If
     9     the circulation of air through the mine be stopped, each
    10     entrance to the mine shall be fenced off in such a manner as
    11     will ordinarily prevent persons from entering the mine, and a
    12     danger signal shall be displayed upon the fence at each
    13     entrance and maintained in good condition. The mine foreman
    14     shall see that all danger signals used in the mine are in
    15     good condition and if any become defective, he shall notify
    16     the superintendent.
    17  Section 212.  Mine foreman's responsibility for working place
    18                 safety.
    19     The following shall apply:
    20         (1)  The mine foreman or assistant mine foreman shall
    21     direct and see that every working place is properly secured
    22     and shall see that no person is directed or permitted to work
    23     in an unsafe place, unless it be for the purpose of making it
    24     safe. The mine foreman shall see that workmen are provided
    25     with sufficient roof support materials delivered to their
    26     working place or places. When timbers are used for roof
    27     support, they shall be cut square on both ends and as near as
    28     practicable to proper length.
    29         (2)  Every workman in need of roof support materials
    30     shall notify the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman
    20080S0949B1675                 - 51 -     

     1     of the fact at least one day in advance, stating the roof
     2     support materials are required. In case of emergency, roof
     3     support materials may be ordered immediately upon the
     4     discovery of danger. If for any reason the necessary roof
     5     support materials cannot be supplied when required, the mine
     6     foreman or assistant mine foreman shall instruct the workmen
     7     to vacate the place until the material needed is supplied.
     8         (3)  The mine foreman or assistant mine foreman shall
     9     direct and see that, as the miners advance in their
    10     excavation, all dangerous and doubtful pieces of coal, slate
    11     and rock are taken down or immediately carefully secured
    12     against falling on the workmen. Any workman who neglects to
    13     carry out or disobeys the instructions of the mine foreman or
    14     assistant mine foreman, in regard to securing his working
    15     place, shall be suspended or discharged by the mine foreman,
    16     and if such negligence or disobedience results in serious
    17     injury or loss of life to any person, the mine foreman shall
    18     report the name of that workman to the department for
    19     prosecution under the requirements of this act.
    20         (4)  The mine foreman shall give prompt attention to the
    21     removal of all dangers reported to him by his assistants, the
    22     mine examiner or any other person working in the mine, and in
    23     case it is impracticable to immediately remove the danger, he
    24     shall notify every person whose safety is threatened to
    25     remain away from the area of the mine where the dangerous
    26     conditions exist.
    27         (5)  The mine foreman, his assistant or the mine examiner
    28     shall, once each week, travel and examine all the air
    29     courses, roads and openings that give access to old workings
    30     or falls and make a record in ink of the condition of all
    20080S0949B1675                 - 52 -     

     1     places in the book provided for that purpose.
     2         (6)  It shall be the duty of the mine foreman to see that
     3     approved gas detection devices are used when and where
     4     required by this act. No approved gas detection device shall
     5     be entrusted to any person for use in a mine until the person
     6     has given satisfactory evidence to the mine foreman that he
     7     understands the proper use of the device and the danger of
     8     tampering with the device. The transportation of tools into
     9     and out of the mine shall be under the direction of the mine
    10     foreman or an assistant mine foreman.
    11         (7)  Instructions shall be given by the mine foreman,
    12     assistant mine foreman or mine examiner, or other authorized
    13     person, as to when, where and how roof supports shall be
    14     placed in order to avoid accidents from falls and to mine
    15     coal with safety to themselves and others. In addition, the
    16     mine foreman or assistant mine foreman shall give special
    17     care and attention to drawing pillars, particularly when
    18     falls are thereby being made.
    19  Section 213.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for blasting.
    20     The following shall apply:
    21         (1)  The mine foreman shall direct that the coal is
    22     properly mined before it is blasted, shot or broken. For
    23     purposes of this paragraph, the term "properly mined" shall
    24     mean that the coal shall be undercut, centercut, overcut or
    25     sheared by pick or machine, and in any case the cutting shall
    26     be as deep as the holes are laid.
    27         (2)  The mine foreman or assistant mine foreman, under
    28     instructions from the mine foreman, shall direct that the
    29     holes for blasting shall be properly placed and shall
    30     designate the angle and depth of holes, which shall not be
    20080S0949B1675                 - 53 -     

     1     deeper than the undercutting, centercutting, overcutting or
     2     shearing, the maximum quantity of explosives required for
     3     each hole and the method of charging and tamping.
     4         (3)  The mine foreman shall employ a sufficient number of
     5     competent and legally certified persons to act as shot-
     6     firers.
     7  Section 214.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for drainage.
     8     The following shall apply:
     9         (1)  The mine foreman shall see that the work areas are
    10     kept as free from water as practicable during working hours.
    11     Except for individuals necessary to correct the condition,
    12     individuals shall not enter an area with such accumulations.
    13         (2)  A test drilling plan which provides for the safety
    14     of all individuals must be submitted by the operator to the
    15     department for approval. The department may increase the
    16     setback distances under this paragraph. Whenever any working
    17     place in a mine approaches within 50 feet of abandoned
    18     workings, as shown by surveys certified by a registered
    19     engineer or surveyor, or within 500 feet of any other
    20     abandoned workings of such mine, which cannot be inspected
    21     and which may contain dangerous accumulations of water or
    22     gas, or within 500 feet of any workings of an adjacent mine.
    23         (3)  No mining may occur within the setback distances
    24     under paragraph (2) unless the department approves the test
    25     drilling plan and gives permission to proceed.
    26         (4)  No water or gas from any portion of an abandoned
    27     mine, or from any idle portion of an active mine, and no
    28     borehole from the surface shall be tapped except under the
    29     immediate instruction and direction of the mine foreman with
    30     the use of approved gas detection equipment. It shall be
    20080S0949B1675                 - 54 -     

     1     unlawful to work or employ individuals to work in any portion
     2     of a bituminous coal mine in which a body of water is dammed
     3     or held back at a higher elevation in the same mine by
     4     natural or artificial means, unless approval is given in
     5     writing by the department.
     6         (5)  The department shall not accept from an operator a
     7     six-month mine subsidence map as required by the act of April
     8     27, 1966 (1st Sp.Sess. P.L.31, No.1), known as The Bituminous
     9     Mine Subsidence and Land Conservation Act, unless the map
    10     includes the information required by paragraphs (2), (3) and
    11     (4).
    12  Section 215.  Mine foreman's responsibility for employment of
    13                 competent persons.
    14     A noncertified person may not be employed to operate
    15  equipment in a mine until the individual has completed a
    16  training program approved by the department and has given the
    17  mine foreman satisfactory proof that the individual can do the
    18  assigned work without endangering anyone.
    19  Section 216.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for inspections
    20                 and reports.
    21     The following shall apply:
    22         (1)  In all mines, the mine foreman shall employ a
    23     sufficient number of assistants to ensure a visit to each
    24     employee during each shift, except mine officials and miners
    25     whose normal duties require travel throughout the mine,
    26     either by himself or his assistants.
    27         (2)  The mine foreman shall each day enter plainly and
    28     sign in ink a report of the condition of the mine in a book
    29     provided for that purpose. The report shall clearly state any
    30     danger that may have come under his observation during the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 55 -     

     1     day or any danger reported by the assistant mine foreman or
     2     the mine examiners. The report shall also state whether or
     3     not a proper supply of material is on hand for the safe
     4     working of the mine, and whether or not the requirements of
     5     law are complied with. The mine foreman shall also, once each
     6     week, enter plainly in ink in the book a true report of all
     7     weekly air measurements required by this act, designating the
     8     place, the area of each cut-through and entry separately, the
     9     velocity of the air in each cut-through and entry, the
    10     quantity of the air in each cut-through and entry and the
    11     number employed in each separate split of air, with the date
    12     when measurements were taken. The book shall at all times be
    13     kept in the mine office, for examination by the department,
    14     any person working in the mine or authorized representatives
    15     of the employees of the mine, in the presence of the
    16     superintendent or the mine foreman. The mine foreman shall
    17     also each day read carefully and countersign in ink all
    18     reports entered in the record book of the mine examiners.
    19         (3)  When assistant mine foremen are employed, their duty
    20     shall be to assist the mine foreman in complying with the
    21     provisions of this act, and they shall be liable to the same
    22     penalties as the mine foreman for any violation of this act
    23     in parts or portions of the mine under their jurisdiction. At
    24     the end of each shift, each assistant mine foreman shall make
    25     a report in a book provided for that purpose, giving the
    26     general condition as to safety of the working places visited,
    27     and shall make a note of any unusual occurrence observed
    28     during the shift. The mine foreman shall read carefully the
    29     daily report of each assistant mine foreman and shall sign
    30     the report in ink daily. Where more than one portal is being
    20080S0949B1675                 - 56 -     

     1     used for the entrance of miners into a mine, the mine foreman
     2     may designate an assistant who holds a mine foreman
     3     certificate to sign the assistant mine foreman's and mine
     4     examiner's daily report books at each portal other than the
     5     main portal.
     6         (4)  It shall be the duty of the mine foreman or
     7     assistant mine foreman, or an authorized person designated by
     8     the mine foreman, to examine daily in a general way all
     9     electrical equipment and other machinery under his
    10     jurisdiction to see that it is in safe operating condition
    11     and make a report in the assistant mine foreman's daily
    12     report book. It shall be the duty of the mine electrician to
    13     make and sign a written report once each week in a record
    14     book provided for that purpose, stating the condition of
    15     electrical equipment and other machinery in the mine. The
    16     report shall be countersigned by the mine foreman.
    17  Section 217.  Employment of mine examiners.
    18     The mine foreman shall employ a sufficient number of mine
    19  examiners in order that each mine can be examined in accordance
    20  with the provisions of this act. The mine foreman or the
    21  assistant mine foreman shall see that the mine examiner has left
    22  his initials and date and time in places examined or reported as
    23  examined.
    24  Section 218.  Duties of mine examiners.
    25     (a)  Examination of mine.--Within three hours immediately
    26  preceding the beginning of a coal-producing shift and before any
    27  workmen in such shift, other than those who may be designated to
    28  make the examinations prescribed in this section, enter the
    29  underground areas of the mine, the mine foreman, assistant mine
    30  foreman or examiners designated by the mine foreman of the mine
    20080S0949B1675                 - 57 -     

     1  to do so shall make an examination, as prescribed in this
     2  section, of the areas. Each person designated to act as a mine
     3  examiner shall be directed to examine a definite underground
     4  area of such mine, and in making his examination, the mine
     5  examiner shall inspect every active working place and places
     6  immediately adjacent in the area and make tests with an approved
     7  gas detection device for accumulations of methane and oxygen-
     8  deficiency in the air. The mine examiner shall examine seals and
     9  doors to determine whether they are functioning properly;
    10  inspect and test the roof, face and rib conditions in the
    11  working places; inspect active roadways, every unfenced roadway,
    12  travelways, approaches to abandoned workings, and accessible
    13  falls in active sections for explosive gas and other hazards;
    14  and inspect to determine whether the air in each split is
    15  traveling in its proper course and in normal volume. The mine
    16  examiner shall initial and date the face of each place he
    17  examines or in a nearby location. If the mine examiner in making
    18  his examination, finds a condition which he considers to be
    19  dangerous to persons who may enter or be in such area, he shall
    20  indicate such dangerous place by posting a "danger" sign
    21  conspicuously at a point which persons entering such dangerous
    22  place would be required to pass. No person, other than Federal
    23  or State mine inspectors, or the mine foreman or his assistant,
    24  or persons authorized by the mine foreman or assistant mine
    25  foreman to enter the place for the purpose of eliminating the
    26  dangerous condition, shall enter the place while the sign is
    27  posted.
    28     (b)  Record book.--A suitable record book shall be kept at
    29  the mine office, on the surface, of every mine where mine
    30  examiners are employed, and immediately after the examination of
    20080S0949B1675                 - 58 -     

     1  the mine or any portion thereof by a mine examiner, whose duty
     2  it is to make the examination, he shall enter in the book, with
     3  ink, a record of the examination, and sign the same. This record
     4  shall show the time taken in making the examination, and also
     5  clearly state the nature and location of any danger that may
     6  have been discovered in any room or entry or other place in the
     7  mine, and if any danger has been discovered, the mine examiners
     8  shall immediately report the location thereof to the mine
     9  foreman. No person shall enter the mine until the mine examiners
    10  return to the mine office on the surface, or to a station
    11  located in the intake entry of the mine, where a record book as
    12  provided for in this section shall be kept in a fireproof vault
    13  and signed by the person making the examination, and report to
    14  the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman, by telephone or
    15  otherwise, and a written report made thereof by the person
    16  receiving the report, that the mine is in safe condition for
    17  individuals to enter. When a station is located in any mine, it
    18  shall be the duty of the mine examiners to sign the report
    19  entered in the record book in the mine office on the surface.
    20  The record books of the mine examiners shall at all times during
    21  working hours be accessible to the mine inspector, any person
    22  working in the mine and authorized representatives of the
    23  employees of the mine.
    24     (c)  Second examination.--A second examination by the same or
    25  other mine examiner shall be made during working hours of every
    26  working area where men are employed, and a report of the
    27  examination shall be made in the mine examiner report book in
    28  the same manner as the first examination. No person on a
    29  noncoal-producing shift, other than a certified person
    30  designated under this subsection, shall enter any underground
    20080S0949B1675                 - 59 -     

     1  area in a mine, unless the area, which shall include all places
     2  on that particular split of air, has been examined as prescribed
     3  in this section within three hours immediately preceding his
     4  entrance into the area.
     5  Section 219.  Management of mine.
     6     The right to hire and discharge employees, management of the
     7  mine and the direction of the working forces are vested
     8  exclusively in the operator, and no person or persons,
     9  association or associations, organization or organizations or
    10  corporation or corporations shall interfere with or attempt to
    11  interfere with, abridge or attempt to abridge, in any manner
    12  whatsoever, such right, provided that this does not invalidate
    13  any existing or future contract.
    14  Section 220.  Duties of superintendent.
    15     (a)  General rule.--It shall be the duty of every
    16  superintendent, on behalf and at the expense of the operator, to
    17  keep on hand at each mine at all times a sufficient quantity of
    18  all materials and supplies required to preserve the health and
    19  safety of the employees, as ordered by the mine foreman and
    20  required by this act. If, for any reason, the superintendent
    21  cannot procure the necessary materials or supplies, he shall
    22  immediately notify the mine foreman, whose duty it shall be to
    23  withdraw all individuals from the mine, or portion of the mine,
    24  until the materials or supplies are received.
    25     (b)  Examination.--The superintendent shall, at least once
    26  every week, read, examine and countersign all reports entered in
    27  the mine record book, and if he finds on examination that the
    28  law is being violated, the superintendent shall order the mine
    29  foreman to stop the violation and shall see that the order is
    30  complied with.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 60 -     

     1  Section 221.  Qualifications and general responsibility of
     2                 superintendent.
     3     The following shall apply:
     4         (1)  Beginning one year after the effective date of this
     5     paragraph, no person may be appointed as a superintendent at
     6     any mine in this Commonwealth unless the person holds a
     7     current, valid mine foreman certificate. In the event that a
     8     superintendent is found by the department to be in breach of
     9     his or her responsibilities as superintendent, the department
    10     may suspend or revoke the superintendent's mine foreman
    11     certificate.
    12         (2)  No person may serve as the superintendent for more
    13     than one mine.
    14         (3)  The superintendent shall not obstruct the mine
    15     foreman or other officials in the fulfillment of any of their
    16     duties as required by this act, but shall direct, provide the
    17     means and see to it that the mine foreman and all the other
    18     employees under him comply with the law. The superintendent
    19     shall give immediate attention to any violation of the law
    20     called to his attention by the department. The superintendent
    21     shall be responsible for all the outside workings and all the
    22     persons there employed. At any mine where a superintendent is
    23     not employed, the duties that are prescribed for the
    24     superintendent shall devolve upon the mine foreman, in
    25     addition to his regular duties.
    26  Section 222.  Danger signals.
    27     The superintendent of every mine shall provide a sufficient
    28  number of danger signals, upon request of the mine foreman,
    29  which the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman shall
    30  distribute in the mine at places convenient for the use of the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 61 -     

     1  mine examiners and other officials in the fulfillment of their
     2  duties. Danger signals in all mines shall be uniform and of a
     3  design approved by the department. All danger signals shall be
     4  kept in good condition and no defective signal shall be used in
     5  any mine.
     6  Section 223.  Supply of record books.
     7     The superintendent shall keep on hand at the mine a supply of
     8  the record books required by this act and shall see that record
     9  books are delivered to the proper persons at the mine and that
    10  they are properly cared for.
    11  Section 224.  Mapping requirements and surveying standards.
    12     (a)  General rule.--The operator or superintendent of each
    13  mine shall cause to be made by a registered mining engineer or
    14  registered professional surveyor an accurate, professional
    15  quality map of the mine, on a scale of not less than 200 feet to
    16  the inch. At a minimum, the map shall show:
    17         (1)  A complete legend identifying all features
    18     represented on the map and a title block including all
    19     changes of mine ownership and the dates of those changes.
    20         (2)  An accurate delineation of the current extent of the
    21     workings of the mine and all mines or coal lands, or both,
    22     inside the permit boundary and all mines or coal lands, or
    23     both, within 1,000 feet of the outside of the permit
    24     boundary. The delineation must show all workings of all mines
    25     above and below the mine within the permit boundary and
    26     within 1,000 feet of the outside of the permit boundary.
    27         (3)  Barrier pillars for all mine workings inside the
    28     permit boundary and all mine workings adjacent to the permit
    29     boundary.
    30         (4)  Two permanent baseline points coordinated with the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 62 -     

     1     underground and surface traverse points, and two permanent
     2     elevation benchmarks referencing mine elevation surveys. The
     3     baseline points and elevation benchmarks shall be prepared
     4     using the Pennsylvania State Plan Coordinate System (NAD83
     5     Datum). In the alternative, the map shall include coordinate
     6     transformation equations converting the baseline points shown
     7     to correlate to the Pennsylvania State Plan Coordinate
     8     System.
     9         (5)  All openings, excavations, shafts, slopes, drifts,
    10     tunnels, entries, crosscuts, rooms, boreholes and all other
    11     excavations, including surface pits and auger holes in each
    12     seam.
    13         (6)  Areas where the pillars or longwall panels have been
    14     removed.
    15         (7)  The name or number of each butt, room and section,
    16     if available.
    17         (8)  Ventilation controls, air splits and the direction
    18     of air currents using arrows.
    19         (9)  USGS elevation at the top and bottom of each shaft,
    20     slope, drift and borehole.
    21         (10)  Bottom of coal elevations, taken at intervals not
    22     to exceed 300 feet apart, in one entry of each section and in
    23     one entry of each set of rooms off such sections.
    24         (11)  Bottom of coal elevations taken in the last open
    25     crosscut of all sections and each set of rooms off such
    26     section before they are abandoned.
    27         (12)  Elevation contour lines at whole number ten-foot
    28     increments, unless the seam is steeply pitching, after which
    29     it may be 25-foot intervals.
    30         (13)  The number or designation of each survey station
    20080S0949B1675                 - 63 -     

     1     and the date of the last survey in the entries, as they are
     2     represented on the map.
     3         (14)  The location and elevation of any body of water
     4     dammed or held back in any portion of the mine, giving the
     5     volume in gallons of the body of water.
     6         (15)  The location of streams, rivers, lakes, dams or any
     7     other bodies of water on the surface, with their surface
     8     elevations accurately and plainly marked.
     9         (16)  The location of permanent surface features such as
    10     railroad tracks, public highways, permanent buildings and oil
    11     and gas wells.
    12         (17)  All seals and bulkheads within the mine.
    13     (b)  Accuracy standards.--The following accuracy standards
    14  must be met:
    15         (1)  A minimum elevation closure of plus or minus one
    16     foot per 5,000 feet is required.
    17         (2)  Mine traverse, advanced by closed loop method of
    18     survey or other equally accurate method of traversing.
    19     Minimum angular and coordinate ties for raw data would be an
    20     angular tie of less than one minute and a coordinate time of
    21     greater than 1 to 10,000 for any given closed loop survey.
    22     (c)  Surveying standards.--The extent of surveying shown on
    23  the map shall be acceptable where the following minimum
    24  underground surveying standards are met:
    25         (1)  Every entry must be surveyed at intervals not to
    26     exceed 300 lineal feet. Survey station spads shall be
    27     established in each entry of all mains, sections, butts,
    28     rooms and other excavations. Survey lines may extend from
    29     adjacent entries as long as the interval between survey
    30     station spads within an entry does not exceed 300 lineal
    20080S0949B1675                 - 64 -     

     1     feet. Continuous survey lines must be maintained in at least
     2     one entry.
     3         (2)  Lateral take-ups, left and right, must be taken in
     4     every entry at all intersections and must denote the location
     5     of all intersections and define the corners and the location
     6     of the rib line within each entry. For any excavation greater
     7     than 20% from the planned excavation, additional lateral
     8     take-ups must be taken to define this area. All of the
     9     information must be accurately portrayed on the mine map.
    10         (3)  All workings not surveyed and taken from a working
    11     map or other unofficial record shall be shown on the map with
    12     dashed lines. The legend shall identify that these areas have
    13     not been surveyed.
    14         (4)  A survey station spad is required to be within 300
    15     feet of the deepest penetration of the final faces of each
    16     mining section, butt or room. The number or designation of
    17     the last survey station spad and the date of such survey of
    18     the entries are to be shown on the mine map. The area from
    19     this spad to the face will be considered surveyed provided
    20     that lateral and face take-ups have been completed and
    21     recorded in the field book and shown on the mine map. Field
    22     books shall be available for inspection. If lateral and face
    23     take-ups are not completed, the area inby the last survey
    24     station spad must be identified on the map with dashed lines.
    25     The survey station spads located in each mining section, butt
    26     or room shall be tied to a check survey station.
    27         (5)  Check survey stations shall be advanced to within
    28     300 feet of the deepest penetration of all mains, submains,
    29     sections and butts. Check survey stations shall be advanced
    30     to within 600 feet of the deepest penetration of all rooms.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 65 -     

     1         (6)  Check survey stations shall be advanced to within
     2     100 feet of the deepest penetration of all mining sections,
     3     butts, rooms and excavations adjacent to the permit or
     4     property boundary lines.
     5     (d)  Verification.--Prior to each area's being sealed, the
     6  operator or superintendent shall verify in writing that the map
     7  of the sealed area meets the requirements of this act. To the
     8  extent that any areas in the mine cannot be surveyed, these
     9  areas shall be indicated on the map.
    10  Section 225.  Availability of copy of map.
    11     A true copy of the map made pursuant to section 224 shall be
    12  kept in the mine office for the use of the mine officials and
    13  mine inspector in the district, and for the inspection, in the
    14  presence of the superintendent or mine foreman, of any person
    15  working in the mine, or of authorized representatives of the
    16  employees of the mine, whenever the person or representative
    17  fears that any working place is becoming dangerous by reason of
    18  its proximity to other workings that may contain dangerous
    19  accumulations of water or noxious gases.
    20  Section 226.  Excavations on map.
    21     At least once every six months, the operator or
    22  superintendent of every mine shall cause to be shown accurately
    23  on the original map of the mine, and on the copy of the map in
    24  the mine office, all the excavations made during the time that
    25  elapsed since the excavations were last shown.
    26  Section 227.  Furnishing copies of maps.
    27     A copy of the mine map shall be furnished every six months to
    28  the department. When more than one seam of coal is being worked
    29  in any mine, the department shall be provided with a separate
    30  copy of the original map of the complete workings of each seam
    20080S0949B1675                 - 66 -     

     1  as provided for under this act. The copies shall remain in the
     2  care of the department. When one mine is working a seam of coal
     3  under another mine that is working an overlying seam and the two
     4  mines are operated by different operators, the operators shall
     5  exchange with each other copies of their respective mine maps,
     6  showing such portions of their respective mines as may be
     7  directly above or below the other mine.
     8  Section 228.  Duties upon abandonment of mine.
     9     (a)  General rule.--If a mine is inactive for a period of 60
    10  days or more or if the operator intends to cease ventilation of
    11  the mine, the operator or the superintendent shall notify the
    12  department at once and shall, within 60 days, extend the
    13  official map to show clearly all worked-out or abandoned
    14  territory with all excavations, property and boundary lines,
    15  elevations and map features as required under this act or, if
    16  the workings are not accessible, provide a copy of the most
    17  recent map available that is clearly marked to state that the
    18  workings shown were not surveyed. The owner or operator of the
    19  mine shall also, within 45 days after its change in status, send
    20  to the department a tracing, print or digital map in a format
    21  acceptable to the department of the complete original map. The
    22  registered mining engineer or registered surveyor shall certify
    23  that the tracing, print or digital map is a true and correct
    24  copy of the original map of the mine and that the original map
    25  is a true, complete and correct map and survey of all the
    26  excavations made in the inactive or abandoned mine. A dated
    27  statement signed by a company or corporate officer stating that
    28  the map represents a complete and accurate representation of all
    29  underground excavations and is the final map of the mine, or
    30  stating that the map provided is not a surveyed final map due to
    20080S0949B1675                 - 67 -     

     1  inaccessibility of the workings, shall be included.
     2     (b)  Violation.--If the operator, superintendent or company
     3  or corporate officer fails to provide the certified final map or
     4  recklessly or intentionally submits an inaccurate certified map,
     5  the violation shall be a felony subject to prosecution under
     6  section 505. Costs incurred by the Commonwealth as a result of a
     7  violation of this subsection may be recovered as restitution.
     8  Section 229.  Survey by department.
     9     If the department has reasonable cause to believe that a map
    10  of any mine furnished under the provisions of this act is
    11  inaccurate or imperfect, the department may require the operator
    12  to make a survey and a new map of the mine.
    13  Section 230.  Ventilation requirements.
    14     (a)  General rule.--The operator or superintendent of a mine
    15  shall provide and maintain ample means of ventilation to furnish
    16  a constant and adequate supply of pure air for the employees.
    17  The quantity and velocity of the current of air shall be
    18  sufficient to dilute so as to render harmless and carry away
    19  flammable or harmful gases.
    20     (b)  Specification.--The quantity of air reaching the last
    21  open crosscut in any pair or set of entries shall not be less
    22  than 9,000 cubic feet per minute. All active underground work
    23  areas in a mine shall be ventilated by a current of air
    24  containing not less than 19.5% oxygen and not more than .5%
    25  carbon dioxide and no harmful quantities of other noxious or
    26  poisonous gases.
    27     (c)  Ventilating belt entries.--A belt conveyor entry shall
    28  be isolated from the adjacent entries.
    29         (1)  The following requirements apply:
    30             (i)  The quantity of air traveling in the belt
    20080S0949B1675                 - 68 -     

     1         conveyor shall be kept to the minimum quantity necessary
     2         for effective ventilation by means of permanent stoppings
     3         and regulators.
     4             (ii)  The belt conveyor entry shall be provided with
     5         a separate split of intake air.
     6             (iii)  The belt conveyor entry shall provide an
     7         intake escapeway to the main air current.
     8         (2)  If an operator proposes to use entries in common
     9     with the belt conveyor entry, the operator must submit a plan
    10     to and obtain approval by the department that addresses the
    11     following criteria:
    12             (i)  The belt conveyor is cleaned and maintained to
    13         minimize float dust in the common entries.
    14             (ii)  Stoppings and regulators are arranged to reduce
    15         the quantity of air traveling in the belt and common
    16         entries to a minimum for effective ventilation of the
    17         belt and common entries and to provide an intake air
    18         split as an escapeway to the main air current.
    19             (iii)  Fire protection is installed and maintained on
    20         all belt conveyors in compliance with appropriate
    21         standards.
    22             (iv)  There is an early warning fire detection system
    23         and carbon monoxide (CO) or smoke sensors that meet the
    24         requirements of 30 CFR § 75.351 (relating to atmospheric
    25         monitoring systems). The spacing of the CO/smoke sensors
    26         shall not exceed 1,000 feet. The belt air velocity shall
    27         be a minimum of 50 fpm or CO/smoke sensor spacing shall
    28         be reduced to provide an adequate alarm time not to
    29         exceed 20 minutes. The CO/smoke sensors shall be set to
    30         alarm at the lowest practicable setting and be positioned
    20080S0949B1675                 - 69 -     

     1         in the ventilation current to provide the most effective
     2         detection.
     3             (v)  The number of common entries may not exceed
     4         three entries, including the belt entry.
     5             (vi)  Development for common entries is designed to
     6         be at a lower ventilation pressure than the main intake
     7         escapeway.
     8             (vii)  If a condition develops that causes the belt
     9         and common entries to be at a higher ventilation pressure
    10         than the main intake escapeway, efforts are undertaken to
    11         immediately correct the condition. If the condition
    12         cannot practicably be corrected, the mine operator must
    13         notify the department of the condition, the specific
    14         cause, the area affected and the steps that will be taken
    15         to maintain the pressure in the belt and common entries
    16         at the lowest attainable level.
    17             (viii)  When the belt ventilation current travels
    18         away from the working section, no ignition sources,
    19         except equipment necessary to maintain the escapeway and
    20         personnel carriers, shall be permitted in the intake
    21         escapeway unless CO/smoke sensors that meet Federal fire
    22         detection standards are installed in the intake
    23         escapeway. Equipment operated in the intake escapeway
    24         shall be equipped with an automatic fire suppression
    25         system, or comply with 30 CFR § 75.380(f)(4) (relating to
    26         escapeways; bituminous and lignite mines). CO detectors
    27         shall give an audible alarm over the mine communication
    28         system. The alarm shall indicate the conveyor belt flight
    29         where the alarm occurred. Both visual and audible alarm
    30         signals must automatically be provided at all affected
    20080S0949B1675                 - 70 -     

     1         working sections and affected areas where mechanized
     2         mining equipment is being installed or removed and on the
     3         surface at a monitored location. Two-way underground
     4         communications shall be maintained between the monitored
     5         surface location and all underground working sections and
     6         areas where mechanized mining equipment is being
     7         installed or removed.
     8             (ix)  A copy of the mine's federally approved
     9         firefighting and evacuation plan is included with the
    10         plan.
    11     (d)  Actions to detect and respond to excess methane.--The
    12  following actions are required to detect and respond to excess
    13  methane:
    14         (1)  Location of tests. Tests for methane concentrations
    15     under this section shall be made at least 12 inches from the
    16     roof, face, ribs and floor.
    17         (2)  Working places and intake air courses.
    18             (i)  When 1% or more methane is present in a working
    19         place or an intake air course, including an air course in
    20         which a belt conveyor is located or in an area where
    21         mechanized mining equipment is being installed or
    22         removed:
    23                 (A)  Except intrinsically safe atmospheric
    24             monitoring systems (AMS), electrically powered
    25             equipment in the affected area shall be deenergized
    26             and other mechanized equipment shall be shut off.
    27                 (B)  Changes or adjustments shall be made
    28             immediately to the ventilation system to reduce the
    29             concentration of methane to less than 1%.
    30                 (C)  No other work shall be permitted in the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 71 -     

     1             affected area until the methane concentration is less
     2             than 1%.
     3             (ii)  When 1.5% or more methane is present in a
     4         working place or an intake air course, including an air
     5         course in which a belt conveyor is located or in an area
     6         where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or
     7         removed:
     8                 (A)  Except for Federal or State mine inspectors,
     9             the mine foreman or assistant mine foreman or persons
    10             authorized by the mine foreman or assistant mine
    11             foreman, all persons shall be withdrawn from the
    12             affected area.
    13                 (B)  Except for intrinsically safe AMS,
    14             electrically powered equipment in the affected area
    15             shall be disconnected at the power source.
    16         (3)  Return air split.
    17             (i)  When 1% or more methane is present in a return
    18         air split between the last working place on a working
    19         section and where that split of air meets another split
    20         of air or the location at which the split is used to
    21         ventilate seals or worked-out areas, changes or
    22         adjustments shall be made immediately to the ventilation
    23         system to reduce the concentration of methane in the
    24         return air to less than 1%.
    25             (ii)  When 1.5% or more methane is present in a
    26         return air split between the last working place on a
    27         working section and where that split of air meets another
    28         split of air or the location where the split is used to
    29         ventilate seals or worked-out areas, except for Federal
    30         or State mine inspectors, the mine foreman or assistant
    20080S0949B1675                 - 72 -     

     1         mine foreman or persons authorized by the mine foreman or
     2         assistant mine foreman, all persons shall be withdrawn
     3         from the affected area.
     4             (iii)  Other than intrinsically safe AMS, equipment
     5         in the affected area shall be deenergized, electric power
     6         shall be disconnected at the power source and other
     7         mechanized equipment shall be shut off.
     8             (iv)  No other work shall be permitted in the
     9         affected area until the methane concentration in the
    10         return air is less than 1%.
    11         (4)  Return air split alternative.
    12             (i)  The provisions of this paragraph may apply if:
    13                 (A)  The quantity of air in the split ventilating
    14             the active workings is at least 27,000 cubic feet per
    15             minute in the last open crosscut or the quantity
    16             specified in the approved ventilation plan, whichever
    17             is greater.
    18                 (B)  The methane content of the air in the split
    19             is continuously monitored during mining operations by
    20             an AMS that gives a visual and audible signal on the
    21             working section when the methane in the return air
    22             reaches 1.5% and the methane content is monitored as
    23             specified in the approved ventilation plan.
    24                 (C)  Rock dust is continuously applied with a
    25             mechanical duster to the return air course during
    26             coal production at a location in the air course
    27             immediately outby the most inby monitoring point.
    28             (ii)  When 1.5% or more methane is present in a
    29         return air split between a point in the return opposite
    30         the section loading point and where that split of air
    20080S0949B1675                 - 73 -     

     1         meets another split of air or where the split of air is
     2         used to ventilate seals or worked-out areas:
     3                 (A)  Changes or adjustments shall be made
     4             immediately to the ventilation system to reduce the
     5             concentration of methane in the return air less than
     6             1.5%.
     7                 (B)  Except for Federal or State mine inspectors,
     8             the mine foreman or assistant mine foreman or persons
     9             authorized by the mine foreman or assistant mine
    10             foreman, all persons shall be withdrawn from the
    11             affected area.
    12                 (C)  Except for intrinsically safe AMS, equipment
    13             in the affected area shall be deenergized, electric
    14             power shall be disconnected at the power source and
    15             other mechanized equipment shall be shut off.
    16                 (D)  No other work shall be permitted in the
    17             affected area until the methane concentration in the
    18             return air is less than 1.5%.
    19     (e)  Changes and adjustments in ventilation.--
    20         (1)  If either the concentration of methane in a bleeder
    21     split of air immediately before the air in the split joins
    22     another split of air, or in a return air course other than as
    23     described in subsection (d)(3) and (4), contains methane gas
    24     in an amount of 1% or greater as detected by an approved gas
    25     detection device, changes or adjustments shall be made
    26     immediately in the ventilation in the mine so that returning
    27     air contains less than 1% of methane gas.
    28         (2)  When 2% of methane is exceeded in a bleeder return,
    29     the operator shall submit a written plan to abate the problem
    30     to the department for approval.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 74 -     

     1     (f)  Submittal of detailed ventilation plan to department.--
     2         (1)  A mine operator shall submit a detailed ventilation
     3     plan and any addendums to the department for review and
     4     comment. The mine operator shall review the plan with the
     5     department and address concerns to the extent practicable.
     6     The department shall submit any concern that is not addressed
     7     to MSHA through comments to the plan. The mine operator shall
     8     provide a copy of the plan to the representative of the
     9     miners, if applicable, ten days prior to the submittal of the
    10     plan for review and comment to the department.
    11         (2)  The operator shall give the department a copy of the
    12     MSHA-approved plan and any addendums as soon as the operator
    13     receives the approval.
    14         (3)  In the event of an unforeseen situation requiring
    15     immediate action on a plan revision, the operator shall
    16     submit the proposed revision to the department and the
    17     representative of the miners when the proposed revision is
    18     submitted to MSHA. The department shall work with the
    19     operator to review and comment on the proposed plan revision
    20     to MSHA as quickly as possible.
    21         (4)  Upon approval by MSHA, the plan is enforceable by
    22     the department.
    23  Section 231.  Crosscuts and stoppings.
    24     (a)  Maximum distance.--
    25         (1)  The distance driven to establish ventilation
    26     connections between entries or rooms shall not exceed 200
    27     linear feet. Where adequate ventilation is provided, the
    28     entry or room may be driven in conjunction with the new air
    29     connection, provided that the distance to either face does
    30     not exceed 200 linear feet when the new air connection is
    20080S0949B1675                 - 75 -     

     1     established.
     2         (2)  In no case shall any place be driven a total of more
     3     than 200 linear feet unless ventilation connections have been
     4     established, except as provided under this act.
     5         (3)  Where adequate ventilation can be provided, the
     6     department may give written permission to authorize a greater
     7     distance.
     8     (b)  Closure of crosscuts.--Crosscuts between intakes and
     9  return air courses shall be closed, except the one nearest the
    10  face. Crosscuts between rooms shall be closed, where necessary
    11  or when required by the department, to provide adequate
    12  ventilation at the working face.
    13     (c)  Air connections.--Where practicable, an air connection
    14  shall be provided at or near the face of each entry or room
    15  before the place is abandoned.
    16     (d)  Excavations.--Excavations shall not exceed 18 feet in
    17  depth, unless permission is obtained from the department to
    18  drive a greater distance beyond the last open crosscut, if such
    19  excavations are kept free of accumulations of methane by use of
    20  line brattice or other adequate means.
    21     (e)  Construction materials of stoppings.--A permanent
    22  stopping shall be built of solid, substantial, incombustible
    23  material, including, but not limited to, concrete, concrete
    24  blocks, bricks, steel or tile, provided that, where physical
    25  conditions exist because of caving that makes the use of
    26  concrete, concrete blocks, brick, steel or tile impracticable,
    27  timber laid longitudinally skin-to-skin or an approved
    28  substitute may be used. A temporary stopping may be erected in
    29  cut-throughs near the working face. A stopping shall be
    30  reasonably airtight.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 76 -     

     1     (f)  Building and maintenance.--A permanent stopping or other
     2  permanent ventilation control device shall be built and
     3  maintained as follows:
     4         (1)  Between intake and return air courses, except a
     5     temporary control, the device may be used in a room that is
     6     600 feet or less from the centerline of the entry from which
     7     the room was developed, including where continuous face
     8     haulage systems are used in the room. Unless otherwise
     9     approved in the ventilation plan, the stopping or control
    10     shall be maintained to and including the third connecting
    11     crosscut outby the working face.
    12         (2)  To separate belt conveyor haulageways from intake
    13     air courses when the air in the intake air courses is used to
    14     provide air to active working places, temporary ventilation
    15     controls may be used in a room that is 600 feet or less from
    16     the centerline of the entry from which the room was
    17     developed, including where continuous face haulage systems
    18     are used in the room. When continuous face haulage systems
    19     are used, a permanent stopping or other device shall be built
    20     and maintained to the outby most point of travel of the dolly
    21     or 600 feet from the point of deepest penetration in the
    22     conveyor belt entry, whichever distance is closer to the
    23     point of deepest penetration, to separate the continuous
    24     haulage entry from the intake entries.
    25  Section 232.  Overcasts and undercasts.
    26     (a)  Arrangement of ventilation.--Ventilation shall be so
    27  arranged by means of air locks, overcasts or undercasts that the
    28  passage of trips or persons along the entries will not cause
    29  interruptions of the air current. In face areas where it is
    30  impracticable to install air locks, single doors may be used
    20080S0949B1675                 - 77 -     

     1  with the permission of the department. An air lock shall be
     2  ventilated sufficiently to prevent accumulations of methane in
     3  it.
     4     (b)  Doors.--
     5         (1)  A door controlling ventilation shall be kept closed,
     6     except when men or equipment are passing through the doorway.
     7     Motor crews and other persons who open a door shall see that
     8     the door is closed before leaving it.
     9         (2)  It shall be unlawful for a person to knowingly leave
    10     a door or a check-curtain open.
    11     (c)  Hanging of doors.--A door controlling ventilation shall
    12  be hung in such a manner as to be self-closing.
    13     (d)  Construction materials.--Overcasts and undercasts shall
    14  be constructed tightly of incombustible material, such as
    15  masonry, concrete, concrete blocks or fire-resistant
    16  prefabricated material of sufficient strength to withstand
    17  possible falls from the roof. Overcasts and undercasts shall be
    18  of ample area to pass the required quantity of air and shall be
    19  kept clear of obstructions.
    20  Section 233.  Line brattice.
    21     (a)  General rule.--Substantially constructed line brattice
    22  shall be used from the last open crosscut of an entry or room
    23  when necessary or required by the department to provide adequate
    24  ventilation for the workmen and to remove gases and explosive
    25  fumes. When damaged by falls or otherwise, line brattice shall
    26  be repaired promptly.
    27     (b)  Spacing.--The space between the line brattice and the
    28  rib shall be large enough to permit the flow of a sufficient
    29  volume of air to keep the working face clear of flammable and
    30  noxious gases.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 78 -     

     1     (c)  Construction material.--Brattice cloth used underground
     2  shall be constructed of approved flame-resistant material.
     3  Section 234.  Auxiliary blowers and fans.
     4     (a)  Procedure.--
     5         (1)  The operator of a mine who desires to use in the
     6     mine an auxiliary blower or exhaust fan shall submit to the
     7     department a ventilation plan showing the proposed use of the
     8     auxiliary blower or exhaust fan.
     9         (2)  The department shall review the plan and take one of
    10     the following actions:
    11             (i)  Approve the plan.
    12             (ii)  Request additional information.
    13             (iii)  Disapprove the plan and set forth in writing
    14         its reasons for the disapproval.
    15         (3)  In approving a plan, the department shall require
    16     that an auxiliary blower or exhaust fan shall be:
    17             (i)  Powered by an approved motor when installed
    18         underground.
    19             (ii)  Operated continuously while any work is being
    20         performed in the area being ventilated by the blower or
    21         fan.
    22             (iii)  Be so placed that recirculation of the air is
    23         not possible.
    24     (b)  Time period for review.--The department shall approve or
    25  disapprove a plan within 60 days after being initially submitted
    26  by the operator.
    27  Section 235.  Unused and abandoned parts of mines.
    28     An area that is not sealed shall be ventilated. Return air
    29  may be used to ventilate the area. The department shall approve
    30  a ventilation plan for an abandoned, unused or sealed part of a
    20080S0949B1675                 - 79 -     

     1  mine.
     2  Section 236.  Sewage dumping prohibited.
     3     If any person shall construct or cause to be constructed for
     4  use after the effective date of this section a sewer or other
     5  method of drainage from a building or dwelling house for the
     6  carrying of sewage, offal, refuse or other offensive matter into
     7  any portion of an operating or abandoned mine, the person
     8  commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
     9  Section 237.  Fans.
    10     (a)  General rule.--The ventilation of a mine that extends
    11  more than 200 feet underground and is opened after the effective
    12  date of this section shall be produced by a mechanically
    13  operated fan or fans. The fan or fans shall be kept in
    14  continuous operation unless written permission to do otherwise
    15  is granted by the department.
    16     (b)  Location.--Except as otherwise provided under subsection
    17  (c), a main fan shall be:
    18         (1)  Located on the surface in fireproof housing offset
    19     not less than 15 feet from the nearest side of the mine
    20     opening.
    21         (2)  Equipped with fireproof air ducts provided with
    22     explosion doors or a weakwall.
    23         (3)  Operated from a separate power circuit.
    24     (c)  Exception.--In lieu of the requirements for the location
    25  of fans and pressure-relief facilities, a fan may be directly in
    26  front of or over a mine opening if:
    27         (1)  The opening is not in direct line with possible
    28     forces coming out of the mine if an explosion occurs.
    29         (2)  There is another opening having a weakwall stopping
    30     or explosion doors that would be in direct line with forces
    20080S0949B1675                 - 80 -     

     1     coming out of the mine.
     2  All main fans shall be provided with pressure-recording gauges
     3  or water gauges.
     4     (d)  Recordkeeping and inspections.--
     5         (1)  A record of the charts shall be kept for one year.
     6         (2)  A daily inspection shall be made of all main fans
     7     and connected machinery by a competent person and a record
     8     kept of the inspection in a book prescribed for that purpose.
     9     (e)  Warning of fan interruption.--Approved facilities shall
    10  be provided at a point or points under observation while men are
    11  in the mine and shall give warning of an interruption to a fan.
    12  Where such facilities are not provided, an attendant shall be
    13  constantly kept on duty while individuals are working in the
    14  mine.
    15  Section 238.  Measurement of methane.
    16     The mine foreman or superintendent shall once each week
    17  direct and see that the methane content of the ventilating
    18  current or currents is determined by analyses or by an
    19  instrument capable of accuracy to .1%. The samples or the
    20  determinations shall be taken on the return end of the air
    21  circuit or circuits just beyond the last working place, unless
    22  otherwise directed by the department, and a correct report of
    23  these determinations shall be promptly furnished to the
    24  department. The determinations or samples shall be taken on days
    25  when individuals are working and recorded in a book provided for
    26  that purpose.
    27  Section 239.  Control of coal dust and rock dusting.
    28     (a)  Method of removal.--
    29         (1)  Dangerous accumulations of fine, dry coal dust shall
    30     be removed from a mine or neutralized by the application of
    20080S0949B1675                 - 81 -     

     1     rock dust, and all dry and dusty operating sections and
     2     haulageways and the back entries for at least 1,000 feet
     3     outby the first active working place in each operating
     4     section shall be kept watered down, rock dusted or dust
     5     allayed by such other methods as may be approved by the
     6     department.
     7         (2)  A mine or location in a mine that is too wet or too
     8     high in incombustible content to initiate or propagate a coal
     9     dust ignition need not be rock dusted during the time any of
    10     those conditions prevail.
    11         (3)  Coal dust and other dust in suspension in unusual
    12     quantities shall be allayed by sprinkling or other dust
    13     allaying or collecting devices.
    14     (b)  Specifications.--
    15         (1)  In a dry and dusty mine or section thereof, rock
    16     dust shall be applied and maintained upon the roof, floor and
    17     sides of all operating sections, haulageways and parallel
    18     entries connected thereto by open crosscuts. Back entries
    19     shall be rock dusted for at least 1,000 feet out by the
    20     junction with the first active working place.
    21         (2)  Rock dust shall be so applied to include the last
    22     open crosscut of rooms and entries and to within 40 feet of
    23     the faces. In mines where mining is done by continuous-type
    24     mining machinery, the distances from the face to which rock
    25     dust shall be applied shall be the mining distance for one
    26     shift if:
    27             (i)  The active working place shall be kept from damp
    28         to wet.
    29             (ii)  After coal production on any shifts has ceased,
    30         an application of rock dust shall be made in the exposed
    20080S0949B1675                 - 82 -     

     1         area to within 40 feet of the face before additional
     2         mining is performed in the area.
     3         (3)  Rock dust shall be maintained in such quantity that
     4     the incombustible content of the mine dust shall not be less
     5     than 65%.
     6     (c)  Composition of rock dust.--Rock dust shall not contain
     7  more than 5% by volume of quartz or free silica particles and
     8  shall be pulverized so that 100% will pass through a 20-mesh
     9  screen and 70% or more will pass through a 200-mesh screen.
    10  Section 240.  Instruction of employees and examination of
    11                 working areas.
    12     (a)  General rule.--The mine foreman or assistant mine
    13  foreman shall ascertain that all workmen are trained in the
    14  proper methods of testing roof, face and ribs. The mine foreman
    15  shall designate the tool or tools to be used for testing.
    16  Employees whose work exposes them to hazards or falls of roof
    17  and coal shall thoroughly test the roof, face and ribs before
    18  starting to work or before starting a machine, and frequently
    19  thereafter.
    20     (b)  Examination for date marks.--A miner shall examine his
    21  place to determine whether the mine examiner has left the date
    22  marks indicating his examination thereof. If date marks cannot
    23  be found, the miner shall notify the mine foreman or assistant
    24  mine foreman of that fact.
    25     (c)  Correction of unsafe roof, face or rib conditions.--
    26         (1)  If roof, face or rib conditions are found to be
    27     unsafe, they shall be corrected by taking down loose material
    28     or shall be securely supported before work is started.
    29         (2)  If roof, face or rib conditions are found to be
    30     unsafe and normal taking down or supporting practices cannot
    20080S0949B1675                 - 83 -     

     1     correct the unsafe condition, the place shall be vacated and
     2     guarded or a danger sign erected to prevent unauthorized
     3     entrance and the certified mine official in charge promptly
     4     shall be notified. Only individuals capable of correcting the
     5     dangerous condition may be delegated to do such work.
     6         (3)  The certified mine official in charge shall examine
     7     for unsafe conditions and the roof, faces, ribs and timbers
     8     or supports of all working places each time they visit a
     9     place. Unsafe conditions found shall be corrected promptly.
    10     All employees shall notify the mine foreman or assistant mine
    11     foreman of an unsafe condition in the mine when the condition
    12     is known to them.
    13  Section 241.  Roof support.
    14     (a)  General rule.--The roof in an underground area shall be
    15  supported as necessary for the protection of the employees and
    16  equipment. A roof control plan suitable to the roof conditions
    17  of each mine or part of a mine shall be adopted and complied
    18  with by the operator. The department shall be notified of the
    19  adoption of the plan of roof support, shall review the plan and:
    20         (1)  approve it;
    21         (2)  request additional information; or
    22         (3)  disapprove the plan and state in writing its reason
    23     for the disapproval.
    24     (b)  Roof support plans to be posted.--Workmen whose work
    25  involves roof support shall be informed of approved roof support
    26  plans and the plans shall be posted. Additional roof supports
    27  shall be used when and where necessary.
    28     (c)  Periodic revision and update of roof control plan.--
    29  Every mine operator shall revise and update the roof control
    30  plan every six months or more frequently if required to do so by
    20080S0949B1675                 - 84 -     

     1  the department. A copy of the plan shall be provided to the
     2  representative of the miners ten days prior to submitting it to
     3  the department for review and comment.
     4  Section 242.  Authorized explosives.
     5     Permissible explosives, approved breaking devices or approved
     6  blasting devices shall be used in underground mines.
     7  Section 243.  (Reserved).
     8  Section 244.  Underground storage of explosives.
     9     (a)  Placement.--Explosives and detonators stored underground
    10  shall be:
    11         (1)  Kept in section boxes or magazines of substantial
    12     construction with no metal exposed on the inside.
    13         (2)  Located at least 25 feet from roadways and power
    14     wires in a well-rock-dusted location protected from falls of
    15     roof.
    16     (b)  Separation.--If not kept in separate boxes or magazines
    17  not less than five feet apart, the explosives and detonators may
    18  be kept in the same box or magazine if separated by at least a
    19  four-inch hardwood partition or the equivalent. The boxes or
    20  magazines shall be kept at least 300 feet from the faces and out
    21  of the direct line of blasting and shall be installed outby the
    22  last permanent stopping and on intake air.
    23  Section 245.  Preparation of shots, blasting practices and
    24                 multiple shooting.
    25     (a)  Requirements.--
    26         (1)  Only certified shot-firers shall be permitted to
    27     handle explosives and conduct blasting.
    28         (2)  Only electric detonators of proper strength fired
    29     with approved shot-firing units shall be used, and drillholes
    30     shall be solidly stemmed with at least 24 inches of
    20080S0949B1675                 - 85 -     

     1     incombustible material or at least one-half of the length of
     2     the hole shall be solidly stemmed if the hole is less than
     3     four feet in depth unless other approved stemming devices or
     4     methods are used.
     5         (3)  Drillholes shall be of ample size and shall not be
     6     drilled beyond the limits of the cut, and, as far as
     7     practicable, cuttings and dust shall be cleaned from the
     8     holes before the charge is inserted. Charges of explosives
     9     exceeding one and one-half pounds shall be used only if
    10     drillholes are six feet or more in depth.
    11         (4)  Ample warning shall be given before shots are fired,
    12     and care shall be taken to determine that all persons are in
    13     the clear before firing. Individuals shall be removed from
    14     adjoining areas and other areas when there is danger of shots
    15     blowing through.
    16         (5)  No shots shall be fired:
    17             (i)  In any area until the area has been properly
    18         examined by the shot-firer.
    19             (ii)  In any area where gas can be detected by an
    20         approved gas detection device.
    21         (6)  After firing any shot, the shot-firer shall make a
    22     careful examination of the work area before leaving the area
    23     or before performing any other work in the area.
    24     (b)  Plan to be submitted to department.--An operator of a
    25  mine who desires to conduct multiple shooting shall submit to
    26  the department for approval a plan indicating the manner and
    27  details proposed to engage in multiple shooting.
    28     (c)  Prohibitions.--
    29         (1)  While boreholes are being charged, electrical
    30     equipment shall not be operated in the work area, and only
    20080S0949B1675                 - 86 -     

     1     work in connection with roof support and general safety shall
     2     be performed. Shots shall be fired promptly after charging.
     3         (2)  Mudcaps, adobes or any other unconfined shots shall
     4     not be permitted in any bituminous coal mine.
     5         (3)  No solid shooting shall be permitted without
     6     approval from the department. Where solid shooting is
     7     practiced, blasting holes shall be stemmed the full length of
     8     the hole.
     9     (e)  Blasting and shooting cables.--
    10         (1)  Blasting cables shall be well-insulated and shall be
    11     at least 125 feet in length to permit persons authorized to
    12     fire shots to get in a safe place out of the line of
    13     blasting.
    14         (2)  Shooting cables shall be kept away from power wires
    15     and all other sources of electric current, connected to the
    16     leg wires by the person who fires the shot, staggered as to
    17     length or well-separated at the detonator leg wires and
    18     shunted at the battery end until ready to connect to the
    19     blasting unit.
    20         (3)  Detonator leg wires shall be kept shunted until
    21     ready to connect to the blasting cable.
    22  Section 246.  Transportation of explosives.
    23     (a)  Construction of containers.--
    24         (1)  Individual containers used to carry permissible
    25     explosives or detonators shall be constructed of substantial,
    26     nonconductive materials approved by the department, kept
    27     closed and maintained in good condition. When explosives or
    28     detonators are transported underground in cars moved by means
    29     of powered haulage equipment, they shall be in cars having a
    30     substantial covering or in special substantially built
    20080S0949B1675                 - 87 -     

     1     covered containers used specifically for transporting
     2     detonators or explosives.
     3         (2)  Explosives or detonators shall not be hauled into or
     4     out of the mine within five minutes preceding or following
     5     individuals being transported.
     6     (b)  Prohibitions.--
     7         (1)  Neither explosives nor detonators shall be
     8     transported on flight or shaking conveyors, mechanical
     9     loading machines, locomotives, scrapers, cutting machines,
    10     drill trucks or any self-propelled mobile equipment.
    11         (2)  No shot-firer shall carry into or have delivered to
    12     him any larger quantity of explosives or detonators than the
    13     shot-firer may reasonably expect to use in any one shift.
    14     (c)  Separation of explosives and detonators.--If explosives
    15  and detonators are transported in the same explosives car or in
    16  the same special container, they shall be separated by at least
    17  four inches of hardwood partition or the equivalent. The bodies
    18  of the cars or containers shall be constructed or lined with
    19  nonconductive material.
    20  Section 247.  Electrical shot-firing.
    21     Electricity from any grounded circuit shall not be used for
    22  firing shots.
    23  Section 248.  General shot-firing rules.
    24     (a)  Ignited gas.--When gas is ignited by a blast or a fire
    25  occurs, the shot-firer shall immediately extinguish it, if
    26  possible, and if unable to do so shall immediately notify the
    27  mine foreman of the fact and warn other persons in the vicinity
    28  who might be endangered.
    29     (b)  Shot-firer to provide notice to others.--When a shot-
    30  firer is about to fire a blast, he shall notify all persons who
    20080S0949B1675                 - 88 -     

     1  may be endangered and shall give sufficient alarm so that any
     2  person approaching may be warned of the danger.
     3     (c)  Construction of charging and tamping tools.--All
     4  charging and tamping tools shall be constructed of nonsparking
     5  materials.
     6     (d)  Disconnection from electricity.--Immediately after the
     7  firing of a shot, the firing leads shall be disconnected from
     8  the supply or source of electricity and shunted.
     9     (e)  Preconditions to firing machine or battery.--No firing
    10  machine or battery shall be connected to the shot-firing leads
    11  unless:
    12         (1)  All other steps preparatory to the firing of a shot
    13     have been completed.
    14         (2)  All persons have been moved to a place of safety.
    15         (3)  No person other than the shot-firer has made the
    16     connection.
    17     (f)  Firing machine or battery in possession of shot-firer.--
    18  The shot-firer shall keep the firing machine or battery in his
    19  possession at all times while blasting.
    20     (g)  Testing of blasting devices.--Frequent tests shall be
    21  made of all blasting devices to see that their capacity has not
    22  been decreased by use or accident.
    23     (h)  Examinations for gas.--The shot-firer shall examine the
    24  place for gas and other dangers before and after firing each
    25  shot or blast.
    26  Section 249.  Hoisting equipment and operations.
    27     (a)  General duties of operator or superintendent.--
    28         (1)  The operator or superintendent of a bituminous coal
    29     mine worked by shaft shall provide and maintain:
    30             (i)  A telephone or other means of communication from
    20080S0949B1675                 - 89 -     

     1         the top to the bottom and intermediate landings of the
     2         shaft.
     3             (ii)  A standard means of signaling.
     4             (iii)  An effective safety catch, bridle chains,
     5         automatic stopping device and automatic overwind.
     6             (iv)  A sufficient cover on every cage used for
     7         lowering or hoisting persons.
     8             (v)  An effective safety gate at the top of the cage
     9         shaft and intermediate landings controlled by the cage.
    10             (vi)  An adequate brake on the drum of every machine
    11         used to lower or hoist persons in the shaft.
    12         (2)  The operator shall have the machinery used for
    13     lowering and hoisting persons into or out of the mine kept in
    14     safe condition and equipped with a reliable indicator. Cages
    15     and elevators shall be inspected once in each 24 hours by a
    16     competent person of the company or by a manufacturer's
    17     representative and a safety catch test made every two months,
    18     a record kept thereof and a copy sent to the mine inspector.
    19         (3)  (i)  Where a hoisting engineer is required, he shall
    20         be readily available at all times when individuals are in
    21         the mine. The hoisting engineer shall operate the empty
    22         cage up and down the shaft at least one round trip at the
    23         beginning of each shift, after material has been lowered
    24         or hoisted and after the hoist has been idle for one hour
    25         or more before hoisting or lowering individuals.
    26             (ii)  Subparagraph (i) shall not apply to elevators
    27         used exclusively for hoisting and lowering individuals.
    28         (4)  There shall be cut out around the side of the
    29     hoisting shaft, or driven through the solid strata at the
    30     bottom thereof, a travelingway not less than five feet high
    20080S0949B1675                 - 90 -     

     1     and three feet wide to enable a person to pass the shaft in
     2     going from one side to the other without passing over or
     3     under the cage or other hoisting apparatus.
     4         (5)  Positive stop blocks or derails shall be placed near
     5     the top and bottom, at all intermediate landings of slopes
     6     and surface inclines and at approaches to all shaft landings.
     7         (6)  A waiting station with sufficient room, ample
     8     clearance from moving equipment and adequate seating
     9     facilities shall be provided where individuals are required
    10     to wait for man-trips or cages. The individuals shall remain
    11     in the station until the man-trip or cage is available.
    12         (7)  No hoisting engineer shall be required for
    13     automatically operated cages or elevators.
    14     (b)  Duties of mine foreman.--
    15         (1)  When hoisting or lowering of individuals occurs
    16     during darkness, at any mine operated by shaft, the mine
    17     foreman shall provide and maintain, at the shaft mouth, a
    18     light of stationary character sufficient to show the landing
    19     and all surrounding objects distinctly and sufficient light
    20     of a stationary character shall be located at the bottom of
    21     the shaft so that persons going to the bottom may clearly
    22     discern the cages, elevators and other objects contiguous
    23     thereto.
    24         (2)  The mine foreman shall see that:
    25             (i)  No cages or elevators on which individuals ride
    26         are lifted or lowered at a rate of speed greater than 900
    27         feet per minute.
    28             (ii)  No mine cars, either empty or loaded, are
    29         hoisted or lowered on cages while individuals are being
    30         lowered or hoisted.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 91 -     

     1             (iii)  No cage having an unstable self-dump platform
     2         shall be used for carrying individuals unless the cage is
     3         provided with some device by which it may be securely
     4         locked when individuals are being hoisted or lowered into
     5         the mine.
     6     (c)  Ropes, links and chains.--
     7         (1)  In shafts where coal is hoisted and individuals
     8     lowered into or hoisted from the mine, the ropes, links and
     9     chains shall be of ample strength, with a factor of safety of
    10     not less than five to one of the maximum load.
    11         (2)  In shafts used exclusively for lowering or hoisting
    12     individuals and material, the factor of safety of ropes,
    13     links and chains shall not be less than ten to one of the
    14     maximum load.
    15         (3)  All ropes, links and chains shall be carefully
    16     examined at least once every 24 hours by a competent person
    17     delegated for that purpose by the superintendent.
    18         (4)  Any defect found from the examination, by which life
    19     and limb may be endangered, shall be reported at once in
    20     writing to the superintendent, who shall immediately proceed
    21     to remedy the defect. Until that is accomplished, the
    22     superintendent shall prohibit any person from being lowered
    23     into or hoisted from the mine by the defective apparatus.
    24         (5)  The person making the examination shall keep a daily
    25     record of each inspection, in ink, in a book kept at the mine
    26     office for that purpose.
    27     (d)  Cage requirements.--
    28         (1)  (i)  The operator or superintendent shall provide
    29         every cage used for lowering or hoisting persons with
    30         handrails at sides or overhead or additional suitable
    20080S0949B1675                 - 92 -     

     1         devices and with a bar or gate at ends.
     2             (ii)  Subparagraph (i) shall not apply to elevators
     3         used exclusively for lowering and hoisting individuals.
     4         (2)  The ropes shall be securely attached to the sides of
     5     the drum of every machine that is used for lowering and
     6     hoisting persons or material into and out of the mine, and
     7     the flanges shall have a clearance of not less than four
     8     inches when the whole of the rope is wound on the drum.
     9     (e)  Signaling system.--
    10         (1)  In all shafts and slopes where persons, coal and
    11     other materials are hoisted by machinery, a system of
    12     signaling approved by the department shall be in effect. The
    13     following code of signals shall be used:
    14             (i)  One signal to hoist the car or cage.
    15             (ii)  One signal to stop the car or cage when in
    16         motion.
    17             (iii)  Two signals to lower the car or cage.
    18             (iv)  Three signals to hoist persons.
    19         (2)  The hoist operator shall signal back when ready,
    20     after which the person shall get on the car or cage and then
    21     one signal shall be given to hoist.
    22  Section 250.  Bottom person.
    23     (a)  Duties.--At every shaft or slope where persons are
    24  lowered into or hoisted from the mine, a bottom person, who
    25  shall be over 21 years of age, shall be designated by the mine
    26  foreman. The bottom person shall:
    27         (1)  Be on duty when individuals are being hoisted or
    28     lowered at the beginning and end of each shift.
    29         (2)  Personally attend to the signals and see that the
    30     provisions of this act in respect to hoisting persons in
    20080S0949B1675                 - 93 -     

     1     shafts or slopes are complied with.
     2         (3)  Not allow any tools to be placed on the same cage
     3     with persons or on either cage when they are being hoisted
     4     out of the mine, except for the purpose of repairing the
     5     shaft or machinery in the shaft. Individuals shall place
     6     their tools in containers or cars provided for that purpose,
     7     which containers or cars shall be hoisted before or after the
     8     individuals have been hoisted.
     9         (4)  Immediately inform the mine foreman of any
    10     violation.
    11         (5)  Not attempt to withdraw the car until the cage comes
    12     to a rest.
    13         (6)  When putting the full car on the cage, see that the
    14     springs or catches are properly adjusted so as to keep the
    15     car in its proper place, before giving the signal to the
    16     hoist operator.
    17     (b)  When bottom person not required.--No bottom person shall
    18  be required for automatically operated cages or elevators.
    19  Section 251.  Number of persons to be hoisted.
    20     (a)  General rule.--No greater number of persons shall be
    21  lowered or hoisted at any one time in any shaft or slope than is
    22  permitted by the department. Whenever the number of persons
    23  returning from work shall arrive at the bottom of the shaft or
    24  slope in which persons are regularly hoisted or lowered, they
    25  shall be promptly furnished with an empty cage, car or elevator
    26  and be hoisted to the surface. In cases of emergency, a lesser
    27  number than permitted shall be promptly hoisted.
    28     (b)  Posting of notice.--A notice of the number permitted to
    29  be lowered or hoisted at any one time shall be posted by the
    30  operator or superintendent in conspicuous places at the top and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 94 -     

     1  bottom of the shaft, and the cage or cages or other safe means
     2  of egress shall be available at all times for the persons
     3  employed in any mine that has no second outlet available.
     4  Section 252.  Top person.
     5     (a)  Duties.--At every shaft or slope where persons are
     6  lowered into or hoisted from a mine, a top person or trip rider,
     7  who shall be over 21 years of age, shall be designated by the
     8  superintendent. The top person shall:
     9         (1)  Be on duty when individuals are being hoisted or
    10     lowered at the beginning and end of each shift.
    11         (2)  Personally attend to the signals and see that the
    12     provisions of this act in respect to lowering and hoisting
    13     persons in shafts or slopes are complied with. The trip rider
    14     may also perform this duty.
    15         (3)  Not allow any tools to be placed on the same cage
    16     with persons or on either cage when persons are being lowered
    17     into the mine, except for the purpose of repairing the shaft
    18     or the machinery in the shaft. Individuals shall place their
    19     tools in containers or cars provided for that purpose, which
    20     containers or cars shall be lowered before or after the
    21     individuals have been lowered.
    22         (4)  If located on a slope or incline plane, close the
    23     safety block or other device as soon as the cars have reached
    24     the landing in order to prevent any loose or runaway cars
    25     from descending the slope or incline plane, and in no case
    26     shall the safety block or other device be withdrawn until the
    27     cars are coupled to the rope or chain and the proper signal
    28     given.
    29         (5)  Carefully inspect each day all the machinery in and
    30     about the headframe and the rope used, promptly report to the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 95 -     

     1     superintendent any defect discovered and securely attach the
     2     cars to the rope before lowering them down the incline.
     3         (6)  Ring the alarm bell in case of an accident and, when
     4     necessary, immediately set free the drop logs or safety
     5     switch to act.
     6         (7)  If located in a shaft, see that the springs or keeps
     7     for the cage rest upon and are kept in good working order.
     8         (8)  When taking off the full car, see that no coal or
     9     other material falls down the shaft.
    10     (b)  When top person not required--No top person shall be
    11  required for automatically operated cages or elevators.
    12     (c)  Reporting of persons crowding or pushing.--Any person
    13  crowding or pushing to get on or off a cage, elevator or car,
    14  thereby endangering life, shall be reported by any person to the
    15  superintendent, who in turn shall report the incident to the
    16  department for appropriate action.
    17  Section 253.  Use of competent hoist operators.
    18     (a)  Prohibitions.--
    19         (1)  No operator or superintendent of any bituminous coal
    20     mine worked by shaft, slope or incline shall place in charge
    21     of any hoist used for lowering or hoisting persons in the
    22     mine competent hoisting operators who are under 21 years of
    23     age.
    24         (2)  No hoist operator in charge of such machinery shall
    25     allow any person, except as may be designated for this
    26     purpose by the operator or superintendent, to interfere with
    27     any part of the machinery.
    28         (3)  No person shall interfere with or intimidate the
    29     hoist operator in the discharge of the duties of the hoist
    30     operators.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 96 -     

     1         (4)  No person shall ride on a loaded cage or car in any
     2     shaft, slope or incline. This paragraph shall not be
     3     construed to prevent a trip rider from riding during the
     4     performance of his authorized duties.
     5     (b)  Special precautions.--When individuals are being lowered
     6  or raised, the hoist operator shall take special precautions to
     7  keep the hoist well under control.
     8  Section 254.  Clearances and shelter holes.
     9     (a)  Specifications for clearances.--
    10         (1)  Track switches, except room and entry development
    11     switches, shall be provided with properly installed throws,
    12     bridle bars and guard rails.
    13         (2)  Switch throws and stands, where possible, shall be
    14     placed on the clearance side.
    15         (3)  Haulage roads shall have a continuous unobstructed
    16     clearance of at least 30 inches from the widest extension of
    17     regular coal transportation equipment on the clearance side.
    18     On haulage roads where trolley lines are used, the clearance
    19     shall be on the side opposite the trolley lines. The
    20     clearance space on all haulage roads shall be kept free of
    21     loose rock, coal, supplies or other materials, provided that
    22     not more than 30 inches need be kept free of such
    23     obstructions.
    24         (4)  Ample clearance shall be provided at all points
    25     where supplies are loaded or unloaded along haulage roads or
    26     conveyors.
    27     (b)  Specifications for shelter holes.--
    28         (1)  (i)  Shelter holes shall be provided on the
    29         clearance side along designated travelways, which are
    30         also used as haulage entries, other than belt conveyor
    20080S0949B1675                 - 97 -     

     1         haulage entries.
     2             (ii)  Subparagraph (i) shall not apply to face area
     3         or room haulageways.
     4         (2)  Shelter holes shall be spaced not more than 105 feet
     5     apart unless otherwise approved by the department. Shelter
     6     holes shall be at least five feet in depth, not more than
     7     four feet in width, level with the roadway and at least four
     8     feet in height.
     9         (3)  Crosscuts may be used as shelter holes even though
    10     their width exceeds four feet and they shall be kept clear
    11     for a depth of at least six feet.
    12         (4)  Shelter holes shall be kept clear of refuse and
    13     other obstructions.
    14         (5)  Shelter holes shall be provided at switch throws and
    15     at manually operated permanent doors.
    16  Section 255.  Underground haulage equipment.
    17     (a)  Maintenance.--Underground haulage equipment shall be
    18  maintained in a safe operating condition. An audible warning
    19  device and headlights shall be provided on each locomotive and
    20  each shuttle car. Rerailing devices shall be provided on all
    21  locomotives.
    22     (b)  Warnings to be sounded.--Operators of haulage equipment
    23  shall sound a warning on approaching curves, intersections,
    24  doors, curtains, manway crossings or any other location where
    25  persons are likely to travel.
    26  Section 256.  Operation of haulage equipment.
    27     (a)  Duties of motormen and trip riders.--Motormen and trip
    28  riders shall:
    29         (1)  Use care in handling locomotives and cars.
    30         (2)  See that the entire trip is coupled before starting.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 98 -     

     1         (3)  See that there is a conspicuous light or other
     2     device approved by the department, properly maintained, on
     3     the front and rear of each trip or train of cars when in
     4     motion.
     5     (b)  Prohibitions.--
     6         (1)  No person shall ride on locomotives unless granted
     7     permission by the mine foreman.
     8         (2)  No person shall ride on any loaded car or on the
     9     outside of any car.
    10         (3)  No motorman or trip rider shall get on or off a
    11     locomotive while it is in motion.
    12         (4)  No person shall fly or run switches or ride on the
    13     front bumper of a car. Back poling shall be permitted only to
    14     the nearest turning point or when going up extremely steep
    15     grades and then only cautiously and at slow speed. The
    16     operator of a shuttle car shall face in the direction of
    17     travel except during the loading operation when he may face
    18     the loading machine.
    19     (c)  Duties of motormen.--Motormen shall:
    20         (1)  See that properly maintained safety devices are
    21     placed on the last car of any trip being hauled upgrade, as
    22     designated by the mine foreman and approved by the
    23     department, on the front and rear of each trip or train of
    24     cars when in motion.
    25         (2)  Inspect locomotives and report any mechanical
    26     defects found to the proper mine official prior to operation.
    27     The locomotive may not be operated until the defects are
    28     corrected.
    29         (3)  If there is reason to leave a trip, see that the
    30     trip is left in a safe place, secure from cars, locomotives
    20080S0949B1675                 - 99 -     

     1     or other dangers and where it will not endanger the operators
     2     of other trips or other persons.
     3     (d)  System of signals, methods or devices.--A system of
     4  signals, methods or devices shall be used to provide protection
     5  for trips, locomotives and other equipment coming out onto
     6  tracks used by other equipment. Where a dispatcher is employed
     7  to control trips, traffic shall move only at his direction.
     8  Section 257.  Trip rider and hooker-on on rope haulage.
     9     (a)  Duties of trip rider.--The trip rider shall see that all
    10  hitchings are safe for use and that the trip is coupled before
    11  starting. If at any time the trip rider sees any material defect
    12  in the rope, link or chain, he shall immediately remedy the
    13  defect or, if he is unable to do so, shall detain the trip and
    14  report the matter to the mine foreman or the assistant.
    15     (b)  Duties of hooker-on.--The hooker-on at the bottom of any
    16  slope shall see that cars are properly coupled to a rope or
    17  chain and that the safety catch or other device is properly
    18  attached to the rear car before giving the signal to the
    19  hoisting operator. The hooker-on shall not allow any person to
    20  ride up the slope other than the trip rider.
    21  Section 258.  Transportation of individuals.
    22     (a)  General rule.--The speed of mantrips shall be governed
    23  by the mine foreman, and mantrips shall be operated at safe
    24  speeds consistent with the condition of roads and type of
    25  equipment used. Each mantrip shall be under the charge of a
    26  competent person designated by the mine foreman or the assistant
    27  mine foreman and operated independently of any loaded trip of
    28  coal or other heavy material, but may transport tools, small
    29  machine parts and supplies.
    30     (b)  Prohibition.--No person shall:
    20080S0949B1675                 - 100 -    

     1         (1)  Ride under the trolley wire unless suitable covered
     2     mantrips are used.
     3         (2)  Load or unload before the cars in which they are to
     4     ride or are riding come to a full stop. Individuals shall
     5     proceed in an orderly manner to and from mantrips.
     6     (c)  Adequate clearance and proper illumination.--Adequate
     7  clearance and proper illumination shall be provided where
     8  individuals load or unload mantrips.
     9     (d)  Adequate precautions.--Adequate precautions shall be
    10  taken so that moving trips and standing cars are subject to
    11  proper control by derailing or braking devices.
    12  Section 259.  Conveyor belts and conveyor equipment.
    13     (a)  Specifications.--
    14         (1)  Except as otherwise provided under paragraph (2),
    15     all conveyor entries shall be provided with a minimum width
    16     and height of not less than four feet for travel and, in
    17     conveyor entries in which track is installed, the minimum
    18     amount of clearance width shall not be less than two and one-
    19     half feet, which clearance width shall be continuous
    20     throughout the entry.
    21         (2)  In lieu of maintaining four feet of height in
    22     conveyor entries, a minimum height of three feet and a
    23     minimum width of four feet may be maintained, provided the
    24     operator furnishes a mode of conveyance for men and material
    25     other than on the conveyor. All such travel space and
    26     clearance space shall be kept free of all forms of
    27     obstruction underfoot and from electric wires and electric
    28     cables. A space of not less than four feet in width shall be
    29     provided for travel from the immediate entrance of each
    30     working place to the face thereof, which space shall be kept
    20080S0949B1675                 - 101 -    

     1     free of all forms of obstruction underfoot and free from
     2     electric wires and electric cables.
     3     (b)  Cross points.--At all points where individuals must of
     4  necessity cross conveyors, the conveyor at the point where the
     5  crossing is made shall be so arranged that individuals can cross
     6  safely and conveniently without coming into contact with the
     7  conveyor.
     8     (c)  Automatic stop control.--Conveyors shall be equipped
     9  with an automatic control that will stop the driving motor in
    10  case of slipping on the drive pulley, and the control shall be
    11  tested each operating shift to ascertain that it is in good
    12  operating condition.
    13     (d)  Electric wires and cables.--All electric wires or
    14  electric cables in completed portions of conveyor entries shall
    15  be carried on insulators.
    16     (e)  Control lines.--Control lines shall be installed the
    17  full length of the belt.
    18     (g)  Point type heat sensors.--Point type heat sensors shall
    19  not be used as the primary type of fire sensors in any mine
    20  opened more than six months after the effective date of this
    21  section.
    22  Section 260.  Blowtorches and fuel.
    23     No blowtorch may be used in a mine.
    24  Section 261.  Oxygen and gas containers.
    25     (a)  General rule.--A substantial insulated container
    26  provided with a cover and specially designed for safe
    27  transportation of the cylinders shall be used in transporting
    28  oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders in all bituminous coal mines.
    29     (b)  Identification.--All oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders
    30  shall be clearly identified.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 102 -    

     1  Section 262.  Transportation of oxygen and gas.
     2     (a)  General rule.--Transportation of oxygen and gas tanks or
     3  cylinders shall be permitted on self-propelled machinery or belt
     4  conveyors specially equipped for safe holding of the containers
     5  in transportation. In no instance shall such transportation be
     6  permitted in conjunction with any mantrip.
     7     (b)  Marking of empty tanks and cylinders.--Empty oxygen and
     8  gas tanks or cylinders shall be marked "empty" and shall be
     9  removed from the mine promptly in proper containers. The valve
    10  protection caps shall be placed on all tanks or cylinders for
    11  which caps are provided when not in use and when being
    12  transported. No oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders shall be
    13  transported with the hoses and gauges attached.
    14     (c)  Identification of tanks and cylinders.--All oxygen and
    15  gas tanks or cylinders shall be clearly identified.
    16  Section 263.  Storage of oxygen and gas.
    17     (a)  General rule.--All oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders
    18  shall be properly secured and protected against possible damage
    19  when stored in and about bituminous coal mines. When oxygen and
    20  gas tanks or cylinders are stored in underground shops or
    21  surface structures, they shall be protected from damage by
    22  falling material and secured in an upright position. Not more
    23  than a one-week supply of oxygen or gas shall be stored in any
    24  underground or surface shop. This quantity shall be determined
    25  in agreement with the department.
    26     (b)  Valves and hoses.--The valves on oxygen and gas tanks or
    27  cylinders shall be closed. The hoses shall be removed when not
    28  in actual use, except in a properly ventilated and protected
    29  underground machine shop or surface structure. Valves on empty
    30  tanks or cylinders shall be kept closed.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 103 -    

     1  Section 264.  Use of oxygen and gas.
     2     (a)  General rule.--Oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders and
     3  their contents must be used solely for their intended purposes.
     4     (b)  Training and clothing.--A person assigned to use and
     5  work with oxygen or gas shall be properly trained and skilled in
     6  its use and shall be fully conversant with the danger of its
     7  misuse. Any person using oxygen or gas in and about a bituminous
     8  coal mine shall be provided with goggles or shields, and the
     9  clothing of such person shall be reasonably free of oil and
    10  grease.
    11     (c)  Lighting of torches.--Only a safe type of spark-lighter
    12  shall be used for lighting torches. The use of matches,
    13  cigarette lighters, electric arcs or hot metal to light or
    14  relight a torch is prohibited.
    15     (d)  Maintenance.--The oxygen or gas hose lines, gauges and
    16  similar equipment shall be maintained in safe operating
    17  condition. Defective tanks, cylinders, gauges, hose lines,
    18  torches and similar equipment shall be taken out of service upon
    19  discovery and shall not be put into use until corrected and made
    20  safe.
    21     (e)  Multiple units permitted.--
    22         (1)  Multiple units consisting of one gas tank and one
    23     oxygen tank are permitted in a working section when
    24     necessary. When not in use, the tanks shall be removed to a
    25     point outby the last open crosscut and kept away from power
    26     wires and electric equipment. A proper storage area must be
    27     provided.
    28         (2)  This subsection does not apply to oxygen tanks used
    29     to provide breathable air in the event of an emergency.
    30     (f)  Pressure.--Neither oxygen nor gas shall be used under
    20080S0949B1675                 - 104 -    

     1  direct pressure from tanks or cylinders but must be used under
     2  reduced pressure not exceeding pressures recommended by the
     3  manufacturer of the oxygen or gas.
     4     (g)  Working sections.--Oxygen or gas cutting, burning or
     5  welding shall be done in fresh intake air only in working
     6  sections. The area where the work is to be done shall be
     7  examined by a mine official before, during and after the welding
     8  or burning to assure that no fire or other danger exists. In the
     9  event the equipment to be repaired cannot be removed from the
    10  face area to outby the last open crosscut, the following shall
    11  be satisfied:
    12         (1)  Fresh intake air shall be established to a point
    13     inby where the cutting or welding is to be performed.
    14         (2)  An approved gas detection device shall be used by a
    15     mine official for gas detection during the cutting and
    16     welding operation.
    17         (3)  No person shall be permitted inby the point in the
    18     working section where cutting or welding operations are being
    19     performed.
    20     (h)  Safety requirements.--
    21         (1)  When oxygen or gas cutting, burning or welding is
    22     being done, a suitable fire extinguisher shall be kept on
    23     hand and ready for use. In dry or dusty locations, a water
    24     line and tap under pressure or an adequate supply of rock
    25     dust shall be available in the area where such work is
    26     performed.
    27         (2)  Neither oxygen nor gas shall be used near oil,
    28     grease or fine coal dust unless the oil, grease or fine coal
    29     dust is adequately cleaned or made inert by the use of rock
    30     dust or the area where the work is to be done is thoroughly
    20080S0949B1675                 - 105 -    

     1     wetted.
     2     (i)  Intake air activity.--Oxygen or gas cutting, burning or
     3  welding shall be done in intake air only. Underground shops
     4  where oxygen gas burning occurs shall be on a separate split of
     5  air.
     6     (j)  Tests for leaks.--Tests for leaks on hose valves or
     7  gauges shall be made only with a soft brush and soapy water or
     8  soapsuds.
     9     (k)  Torch-tip cleaners.--An efficient and proper type torch-
    10  tip cleaner shall be kept on hand and used to maintain each
    11  torch in safe operating condition. A suitable wrench designed
    12  for oxygen and gas tanks shall be in the possession of the
    13  person authorized to use the equipment.
    14     (l)  Manifolding cylinders.--The practice known as
    15  "manifolding cylinders" shall be permitted if the installation
    16  is solidly grounded and operation thereof is in accordance with
    17  recognized safe procedures.
    18     (m)  Protection from power lines.--Oxygen and gas tanks or
    19  cylinders shall be protected from power lines or energized
    20  electrical machinery or equipment, and such tanks or cylinders
    21  shall be kept away from the place where the cutting is being
    22  done in order to prevent damage or accident and to prevent heat
    23  from affecting such tanks or cylinders.
    24  Section 265.  Duties of persons subject to this act.
    25     It shall be the duty of each operator, superintendent, mine
    26  foreman, assistant mine foreman and mine examiners and other
    27  officials to comply with and to see that others comply with the
    28  provisions of this act. It shall be the duty of all employees to
    29  comply with this act and to cooperate with management and the
    30  department in carrying out its provisions. Reasonable rules and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 106 -    

     1  regulations of an operator for the protection of employees and
     2  preservation of property that are in harmony with the provisions
     3  of this act and other applicable laws shall be complied with.
     4  Section 266.  Protective clothing.
     5     (a)  Goggles.--Welders and helpers shall use proper shields
     6  or goggles to protect their eyes. All employees shall have
     7  approved goggles or eye shields and use them where there is a
     8  hazard from flying particles or other eye hazards.
     9     (b)  Snug-fitting clothing.--Employees engaged in haulage
    10  operations and all other persons employed around moving
    11  equipment on the surface and underground shall wear snug-fitting
    12  clothing.
    13     (c)  Gloves.--Protective gloves shall be worn when material
    14  which may injure hands is handled, but gloves with gauntlet
    15  cuffs shall not be worn around moving equipment.
    16     (d)  Protective hats.--All persons shall wear protective hats
    17  while underground and while on the surface where falling objects
    18  may cause injury.
    19     (e)  Protective footwear.--Protective footwear shall be worn
    20  by employees, officials and others while on duty in and around a
    21  bituminous coal mine.
    22  Section 267.  Checking systems.
    23     Each bituminous coal mine shall have a check-in and check-out
    24  system that will provide positive identification upon the person
    25  of every individual underground. An accurate record of the
    26  individuals in the mine, which shall consist of a written
    27  record, a check board, a time clock record or another approved
    28  method shall be kept on the surface in a place that will not be
    29  affected in the event of an emergency. The record shall bear a
    30  number or name identical to the identification check carried by
    20080S0949B1675                 - 107 -    

     1  or fastened to the belt of all persons going underground.
     2  Section 268.  Prohibitions regarding endangering security of
     3                 mine.
     4     (a)  Prohibitions regarding ventilation.--No miner, worker or
     5  other person shall knowingly damage, obstruct or remove any
     6  shaft, lamp, instrument, air course or other equipment, obstruct
     7  or disrupt any portion of the mine's ventilation, carry open
     8  lights, open a door closed for directing ventilation and not
     9  close it again or enter any part of a mine that has been
    10  dangered off. No person shall deface, pull down or destroy any
    11  notice boards, record books or mine maps.
    12     (b)  Smoking prohibition.--Open lights, smoking and smokers'
    13  articles, including matches, are prohibited in bituminous coal
    14  mines. No person shall at any time enter a mine with or carry
    15  into the mine any matches, pipes, cigars, cigarettes or any
    16  device for making lights or fire not approved. In all mines the
    17  operator may search or cause to be searched any person,
    18  including his clothing and material belongings, entering or
    19  about to enter the mine, or inside the mine, to prevent such
    20  person from taking or carrying into the mine any of the articles
    21  prohibited by this subsection.
    22     (c)  Intoxicated persons.--No person under the influence of
    23  alcohol or a controlled substance shall enter into or loiter
    24  about any mine. No person shall have in his possession alcohol
    25  or controlled substances while in or about the mine premises.
    26  This provision shall not apply to the use of medication as
    27  prescribed for that person.
    28  Section 269.  Responsibility for care and maintenance of
    29                 equipment.
    30     Equipment operators shall exercise reasonable care in the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 108 -    

     1  operation of the equipment entrusted to them and shall promptly
     2  report defects known to them.
     3  Section 270.  Control of dust and other inhalation hazards.
     4     Individuals exposed for short periods to gas, dust, fume and
     5  mist inhalation hazards shall wear approved respiratory
     6  equipment. When exposure is for prolonged periods, dust shall be
     7  controlled by the use of approved dust collectors or by water or
     8  other approved methods.
     9  Section 271.  Safeguards for mechanical equipment.
    10     (a)  Locking.--The cutting devices of mining machines shall
    11  be locked securely by mechanical means or electrical interlocks
    12  while the machines are parked or being trammed. Loading machines
    13  shall not be trammed with loading arms in motion except when
    14  loading materials.
    15     (b)  Guarding.--Belt chain or rope drives and the moving
    16  parts of machinery which are within seven feet of the floor,
    17  ground or platform level, unless isolated, shall be guarded
    18  adequately. Repair pits shall be kept covered or guarded at all
    19  times when not in use. Machinery shall not be lubricated or
    20  repaired while in motion, except where safe remote lubricating
    21  devices are used. Machinery shall not be started until the
    22  person lubricating or repairing it has given a clear signal.
    23  Guards that have been removed shall be replaced before the
    24  machinery is again put into use. Provision shall be made to
    25  prevent accumulation of spilled lubricants.
    26     (c)  Grinders.--Mechanically operated grinding wheels shall
    27  be equipped with safety washers and substantial retaining hoods
    28  covering two-thirds of the circumference of the wheel, and
    29  goggles or eye shields shall be used. Where stationary grinders
    30  are used, a tool rest shall be provided and the clearance
    20080S0949B1675                 - 109 -    

     1  between the wheel and tool rest shall not exceed one thirty-
     2  second of an inch.
     3  Section 272.  First aid equipment.
     4     In every bituminous coal mine where individuals are employed
     5  underground and in every active section of the mine, it shall be
     6  the duty of the operator or superintendent of the mine to keep
     7  on hand properly constructed stretchers, woolen and waterproof
     8  blankets and all requisites for use in case of emergency. No
     9  first aid material shall be removed or diverted without
    10  authorization, except in case of accident in or about the mine.
    11  It shall be the duty of the operator or superintendent to have
    12  adequate ambulance service available promptly in the event of
    13  injury to any employee.
    14  Section 273.  Fire protection.
    15     (a)  Firefighting equipment.--Each mine shall be provided
    16  with suitable firefighting equipment adapted for the size and
    17  conditions of the mine.
    18     (b)  Standards for firefighting equipment.--At a minimum,
    19  firefighting equipment shall meet the following:
    20         (1)  Waterlines shall be capable of delivering 50 gallons
    21     of water per minute at a nozzle pressure of 50 pounds per
    22     square inch.
    23         (2)  A portable water car shall be of at least 1,000
    24     gallons capacity and shall have at least 300 feet of fire
    25     hose with nozzles. A portable water car shall be capable of
    26     providing a flow through the hose of 50 gallons of water per
    27     minute at a nozzle pressure of 50 pounds per square inch.
    28         (3)  A portable chemical car shall carry enough chemicals
    29     to provide a fire extinguishing capacity equivalent to that
    30     of a portable water car.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 110 -    

     1         (4)  A portable foam-generating machine or device shall
     2     have facilities and equipment for supplying the machine with
     3     30 gallons of water per minute at 30 pounds per square inch
     4     for a period of 35 minutes.
     5         (5)  A portable fire extinguisher shall be either:
     6             (i)  A multipurpose dry chemical type containing a
     7         nominal weight of five pounds of dry powder and enough
     8         expellant to apply the powder.
     9             (ii)  A foam-producing type containing at least 2.5
    10         gallons of foam-producing liquids and enough expellant to
    11         supply the foam.
    12         (6)  Only fire extinguishers approved by the Underwriters
    13     Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Research Corp.,
    14     carrying appropriate labels as to the type and purpose shall
    15     be used. All portable fire extinguishers shall have a 2A 10
    16     BC or higher rating.
    17         (7)  The fire hose shall be lined with a flame-resistant
    18     material. The cover shall be polyester or other material with
    19     flame-spread qualities and mildew resistance equal or
    20     superior to polyester. The bursting pressure shall be at
    21     least four times the water pressure at the valve to the hose
    22     inlet with the valve closed, and the maximum water pressure
    23     in the hose nozzle shall not exceed 100 pounds per square
    24     inch.
    25     (c)  Working sections.--
    26         (1)  Each working section of a mine producing 300 tons or
    27     more per shift shall be provided with two portable fire
    28     extinguishers and 240 pounds of rock dust in bags or other
    29     suitable containers. Water lines shall extend to each section
    30     loading point and be equipped with enough fire hose to reach
    20080S0949B1675                 - 111 -    

     1     each working face unless the section loading point is
     2     provided with one of the following:
     3             (i)  two portable water cars;
     4             (ii)  two portable chemical cars; or
     5             (iii)  one portable water car or one portable
     6         chemical car, and either:
     7                 (A)  a portable foam-generating machine; or
     8                 (B)  a portable high-pressure rock-dusting
     9             machine fitted with at least 250 feet of hose and
    10             supplied with at least 60 bags of rock dust.
    11         (2)  Each working section of a mine producing less than
    12     300 tons of coal per shift shall be provided with:
    13             (i)  Two portable fire extinguishers.
    14             (ii)  Two hundred and forty pounds of rock dust in
    15         bags or other suitable containers.
    16             (iii)  At least 500 gallons of water and at least
    17         three pails of ten-quart capacity. In lieu of the 500-
    18         gallon water supply, a water line with sufficient hose to
    19         reach the working places, a portable water car with a
    20         500-gallon capacity or a portable all-purpose dry powder
    21         chemical car of at least 125 pounds capacity may be
    22         provided.
    23     (d)  Belt conveyors.--In all mines, water lines shall be
    24  installed parallel to the entire length of belt conveyors and
    25  shall be equipped with fire hose outlets with valves at 300-foot
    26  intervals along each belt conveyor and at tailpieces. At least
    27  500 feet of fire hose with fittings suitable for connection with
    28  each belt conveyor water line system shall be stored at
    29  strategic locations along the belt conveyor. Water lines may be
    30  installed in entries adjacent to the conveyor entry belt as long
    20080S0949B1675                 - 112 -    

     1  as the outlets project into the belt conveyor entry.
     2     (e)  Haulage tracks.--
     3         (1)  In a mine producing 300 tons of coal or more per
     4     shift, water lines shall be installed parallel to all haulage
     5     tracks using mechanized equipment in the track or adjacent
     6     entry and shall extend to the loading point of each working
     7     section. Water lines shall be equipped with outlet valves at
     8     intervals of not more than 500 feet, and 500 feet of fire
     9     hose with fittings suitable for connection with such water
    10     lines shall be provided at strategic locations. Two portable
    11     water cars, readily available, may be used in lieu of water
    12     lines prescribed under this paragraph.
    13         (2)  In a mine producing less than 300 tons of coal per
    14     shift, there shall be provided at 500-foot intervals in all
    15     main and secondary haulage roads:
    16             (i)  a tank of water of at least 55-gallon capacity
    17         with at least three pails of not less than ten-quart
    18         capacity; or
    19             (ii)  not less than 240 pounds of bagged rock dust.
    20     (f)  Transportation.--Each track or off-track locomotive,
    21  self-propelled mantrip car or personnel carrier shall be
    22  equipped with one portable fire extinguisher.
    23     (g)  Electrical installations.--
    24         (1)  Two portable fire extinguishers or one extinguisher
    25     having at least twice the minimum capacity specified for a
    26     portable fire extinguisher specified in subsection (b)(5)
    27     shall be provided at each permanent electrical installation.
    28         (2)  One portable fire extinguisher and 240 pounds of
    29     rock dust shall be provided at each temporary electrical
    30     installation.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 113 -    

     1     (h)  Oil storage stations.--Two portable fire extinguishers
     2  and 240 pounds of rock dust shall be provided at each permanent
     3  underground oil storage station. One portable fire extinguisher
     4  shall be provided at each working section where 25 gallons or
     5  more of oil is stored in addition to extinguishers required
     6  under subsection (c).
     7     (i)  Welding, cutting and soldering.--One portable fire
     8  extinguisher or 240 pounds of rock dust shall be provided at
     9  locations where welding, cutting or soldering with arc or flame
    10  is being done.
    11     (j)  Power lines.--At each wooden door through which power
    12  lines pass, there shall be one portable fire extinguisher or 240
    13  pounds of rock dust within 25 feet of the door on the intake air
    14  side.
    15     (k)  Emergency materials.--
    16         (1)  At a mine producing 300 tons of coal or more per
    17     shift, there shall be readily available the following
    18     materials at locations not exceeding two miles from each
    19     working section:
    20             (i)  One thousand board feet of brattice boards.
    21             (ii)  Two rolls of brattice cloth.
    22             (iii)  Two handsaws.
    23             (iv)  Twenty-five pounds of 8d nails.
    24             (v)  Twenty-five pounds of 10d nails.
    25             (vi)  Twenty-five pounds of 16d nails.
    26             (vii)  Three claw hammers.
    27             (viii)  Twenty-five bags of wood fiber plaster or ten
    28         bags of cement, or equivalent material for stoppings.
    29             (ix)  Five tons of rock dust.
    30         (2)  At a mine producing less than 300 tons of coal per
    20080S0949B1675                 - 114 -    

     1     shift, the materials set forth in this subsection shall be
     2     available at the mine, provided, however, that the emergency
     3     materials for one or more mines may be stored at a central
     4     warehouse or building supply company and the supply must be
     5     the equivalent of that required for all mines involved and
     6     within an hour's delivery time from each mine. This exception
     7     shall not apply where the active working sections are more
     8     than two miles from the surface.
     9     (l)  Condition and examination of firefighting equipment.--
    10  All firefighting equipment shall be maintained in a usable and
    11  operative condition. Chemical extinguishers shall be examined
    12  every six months, and the date of the examination shall be
    13  written on a permanent tag attached to the extinguisher.
    14     (m)  Branch lines.--As a part of the deluge-type water spray
    15  system, two or more branch lines of nozzles shall be installed.
    16  The maximum distance between nozzles shall not exceed eight
    17  feet.
    18     (n)  Installation of foam generator systems.--
    19         (1)  Foam generator systems shall be located so as to
    20     discharge foam to the belt drive, belt take-up, electrical
    21     controls, gear-reducing unit and conveyor belt.
    22         (2)  Foam generator systems shall be equipped with a fire
    23     sensor which actuates the system, and each system shall be
    24     capable of producing and delivering the following amounts of
    25     foam within five minutes:
    26             (i)  At fire-resistant belt installations, an amount
    27         which will fully envelop the belt drive, belt take-up,
    28         electrical controls, gear-reducing unit and conveyor belt
    29         over a distance of 50 feet.
    30             (ii)  At non-fire-resistant belt installations, an
    20080S0949B1675                 - 115 -    

     1         amount which will fully envelop the belt drive, belt
     2         take-up electrical controls, gear-reducing unit and
     3         conveyor belt over a distance of 150 feet.
     4         (3)  The foam generator shall be equipped with a warning
     5     device designed to stop the belt drive when a fire occurs,
     6     and all such warning devices shall be capable of giving both
     7     an audible and visual signal when actuated by fire.
     8         (4)  Water, power and chemicals required shall be
     9     adequate to maintain water or foam flow for no less than 25
    10     minutes.
    11         (5)  Water systems shall include strainers with a flush-
    12     out connection and a manual shut-off valve.
    13     (o)  Water sprinkler systems.--Water sprinkler systems may be
    14  installed to protect main and secondary belt-conveyor drives,
    15  however, where such systems are employed, they shall be
    16  installed and maintained in accordance with subsections (p),
    17  (q), (r), (s) and (t).
    18     (p)  Installation of water sprinkler systems.--
    19         (1)  The fire-control components of each water sprinkler
    20     system shall be installed, as far as practicable, in
    21     accordance with the recommendations set forth in the National
    22     Fire Protection Association, Code No. 13, entitled
    23     "Installation of Sprinkler Systems," in effect at the time of
    24     installation, and such systems' components shall be of a type
    25     approved by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Factory
    26     Mutual Research Corporation.
    27         (2)  Each sprinkler system shall provide protection for
    28     the motor drive belt take-up, electrical controls, gear-
    29     reducing unit and 50 feet of fire-resistant belt or 150 feet
    30     of non-fire-resistant belt adjacent to the belt drive.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 116 -    

     1         (3)  The components of each water sprinkler system shall
     2     be located so as to minimize the possibility of damage by
     3     roof fall or by the moving belt and its load.
     4     (q)  Arrangement of sprinklers.--
     5         (1)  At least one sprinkler shall be installed above each
     6     belt drive, belt take-up, electrical control and gear-
     7     reducing unit, and individual sprinklers shall be installed
     8     at intervals of no more than eight feet along all conveyor
     9     branch lines.
    10         (2)  Two or more branch lines, at least one of which
    11     shall be above the top belt and one between the top and
    12     bottom belt, shall be installed in each sprinkler system to
    13     provide a uniform discharge of water to the belt surface.
    14         (3)  The water discharge rate from the sprinkler system
    15     shall not be less than .25 gallon per minute per square foot
    16     of the top surface of the top belt, and the discharge shall
    17     be directed at both the upper and bottom surfaces of the top
    18     belt and to the upper surface of the bottom belt. The supply
    19     of water shall be adequate to provide a constant flow of
    20     water for ten minutes with all sprinklers functioning.
    21         (4)  Each individual sprinkler shall be activated at a
    22     temperature of not less than 150 degrees Fahrenheit and not
    23     more than 300 degrees Fahrenheit.
    24         (5)  Water systems shall include strainers with a flush-
    25     out connection and a manual shutoff valve.
    26     (r)  Backup water system.--One fire hose outlet together with
    27  a length of hose capable of extending to the belt drive shall be
    28  provided within 300 feet of each belt drive.
    29     (s)  Fire warning devices at belt drives.--Each water
    30  sprinkler system shall be equipped with a device designed to
    20080S0949B1675                 - 117 -    

     1  stop the belt drive in the event of a rise in temperature, and
     2  each warning device shall be capable of giving both an audible
     3  and visual warning when a fire occurs.
     4     (t)  Examination and test.--Each water sprinkler system shall
     5  be examined weekly, and a functional test of the complete system
     6  shall be conducted at least once each year.
     7     (u)  Equivalent dry-pipe system.--Where water sprinkler
     8  systems are installed to protect main and secondary belt
     9  conveyor drives and freezing temperatures prevail, an equivalent
    10  dry-pipe system may be installed.
    11     (v)  Dry-powder chemical systems.--Self-contained dry-powder
    12  chemical systems may be installed to protect main and secondary
    13  belt conveyor drives; however, where self-contained dry-powder
    14  chemical systems are employed, they shall be installed and
    15  maintained in accordance with the provisions of subsections (w),
    16  (x), (y), (z), (aa), (bb), (cc) and (dd).
    17     (w)  Installation of dry-powder chemical systems.--
    18         (1)  Self-contained dry-powder chemical systems shall be
    19     installed to protect each beltdrive, belt take-up, electrical
    20     controls, gear-reducing units and 50 feet of fire-resistant
    21     belt or 150 feet of non-fire-resistant belt adjacent to the
    22     belt drive.
    23         (2)  The fire control components of each dry-powder
    24     chemical system shall be a type approved by the Underwriters
    25     Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Engineering
    26     Corporation.
    27         (3)  The components of each dry-powder chemical system
    28     shall be located so as to minimize the possibility of damage
    29     by roof fall or by the moving belt and its load.
    30     (x)  Construction of dry-powder chemical systems.--
    20080S0949B1675                 - 118 -    

     1         (1)  Each self-contained dry-powder system shall be
     2     equipped with hose or pipe lines which are no longer than
     3     necessary.
     4         (2)  Metal piping and hose between control valves and
     5     nozzles shall have a minimum bursting pressure of 500 pounds
     6     per square inch.
     7         (3)  Hose shall be protected by wire braid or its
     8     equivalent.
     9         (4)  Nozzles and reservoirs shall be sufficient in number
    10     to provide maximum protection to each belt, belt take-up,
    11     electrical controls and gear-reducing unit.
    12         (5)  Each belt shall be protected on the top surface of
    13     both the top and bottom belts and the bottom surface of the
    14     top belt.
    15     (y)  Sensing and fire-suppression devices.--
    16         (1)  Each self-contained dry-powder chemical system shall
    17     be equipped with sensing devices which shall be designed to
    18     activate the fire control system, sound an alarm and stop the
    19     conveyor drive motor in the event of a rise in temperature,
    20     and provision shall be made to minimize contamination of the
    21     lens of any optical sensing device installed in the system.
    22         (2)  Where sensors are operated from the same power
    23     source as the belt drive, each sensor shall be equipped with
    24     a standby power source which shall be capable of remaining
    25     operative for at least four hours after a power cutoff.
    26         (3)  Sensor systems shall include a warning indicator or
    27     test circuit which shows it is operative.
    28         (4)  Each fire suppression system shall be equipped with
    29     a manually operated control valve which shall be independent
    30     of the sensor.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 119 -    

     1     (z)  Dry powder requirements.--Each dry powder chemical
     2  system shall contain the following minimum amounts of
     3  multipurpose dry powder:
     4         (1)  One hundred and twenty-five pounds of dry powder for
     5     fire resistant belts.
     6         (2)  Two hundred and twenty-five pounds of dry powder for
     7     non-fire-resistant belts.
     8     (aa)  Nozzles, flow rate and direction.--The nozzles of each
     9  dry-powder chemical system shall be capable of discharging all
    10  powder within one minute after actuation of the system, and such
    11  nozzles shall be directed so as to minimize the effect of
    12  ventilation upon fire control.
    13     (bb)  Safeguards for dry-powder chemical systems.--Adequate
    14  guards shall be provided along all belt conveyors in the
    15  vicinity of each dry-powder chemical system to protect persons
    16  whose vision is restricted by a discharge of powder from the
    17  system. Handrails shall be installed in these areas to provide
    18  assistance to those passing along the conveyor after a powder
    19  discharge.
    20     (cc)  Backup water system.--One fire hose outlet, together
    21  with a length of hose capable of extending to the belt drive,
    22  shall be provided within 300 feet of each belt drive.
    23     (dd)  Inspection of dry-powder chemical systems.--
    24         (1)  Each dry-powder chemical system shall be examined
    25     weekly, and a functional test of the complete system shall be
    26     conducted at least once each year.
    27         (2)  Where the dry-powder chemical system has been
    28     actuated, all components of the system shall be cleaned
    29     immediately by flushing all powder from pipes and hoses, and
    30     all hose damaged by fire shall be replaced.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 120 -    

     1  Section 274.  Mine openings or outlets.
     2     (a)  Mine openings or outlets.--It shall be unlawful for the
     3  operator, superintendent or mine foreman of a mine to employ any
     4  person to work in the mine unless there are two openings or
     5  outlets to the surface from every seam of coal being worked, and
     6  available from every seam of coal entry, which openings or
     7  outlets shall have distinct means of ingress and egress
     8  available at all times for the use by the employees. The two
     9  openings to the surface required by this section shall not be at
    10  a common shaft, slope, or drift opening, except that multiple
    11  compartment shafts or slopes separated by substantially
    12  constructed walls of noncombustible material shall be considered
    13  as two separate and distinct openings. The distance between two
    14  shafts shall not be less than 200 feet, the distance between the
    15  openings to the surface of slopes shall not be less than 150
    16  feet and the distance between drifts shall not be less than 50
    17  feet, provided that the distance between the openings shall
    18  apply only to mines opened after the effective date of this act.
    19  The distances specified may be less with the written consent of
    20  the department. The passageways between the two shafts shall at
    21  all times be maintained in safe and available condition for the
    22  employees to travel, and the pillars in entries between the
    23  shafts shall not be removed without the approval of the
    24  department.
    25     (b)  Openings.--The requirements of subsection (a) shall not
    26  apply to the openings of a new mine, or to the openings of a new
    27  entry of an existing mine, that is being worked for the purpose
    28  of making connection between the two outlets, as long as not
    29  more than 20 persons are employed at any one time in making the
    30  connection or driving the second opening. The requirements of
    20080S0949B1675                 - 121 -    

     1  subsection (a) shall apply to any mine in which the second
     2  opening has been rendered unavailable by reason of the final
     3  robbing or removing of pillars, as long as not more than 20
     4  persons are employed in the mine at any one time.
     5     (c)  Safe egress.--Safe means of egress shall be available at
     6  all times for the persons employed in a mine that has no second
     7  outlet available.
     8     (d)  Entries.--Every mine shall have at least five main
     9  entries, two of which shall lead from the main opening and two
    10  of which shall lead from the second opening into the body of the
    11  mine. The fifth, which may be connected with an opening to the
    12  surface or with the intake airway at or near the main intake
    13  opening, shall be used exclusively as a travelingway for the
    14  employees.
    15     (e)  Intake and return entries.--The intake and return
    16  entries shall be kept reasonably drained and reasonably free
    17  from refuse and obstructions of all kinds, so that persons may
    18  safely travel throughout their whole length and have a safe
    19  means of egress from workings in case of emergency. The entries
    20  shall be separated by pillars of coal of sufficient strength.
    21  When the coal seam height is less than four and one-half feet,
    22  employees shall be provided a means of transportation in and out
    23  of the mine.
    24     (f)  Passageway between workings.--In every slope with
    25  workings on both sides, an overpass or underpass not less than
    26  five feet wide and five feet high shall be provided as a
    27  passageway for the use of employees to cross from one side of
    28  the slope to the other. The overpass or underpass shall connect
    29  with available passageways leading to the workings on both sides
    30  of the slope. The intervening strata between the slope and the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 122 -    

     1  overpass or underpass shall be of sufficient strength at all
     2  points to insure safety to the employees, provided, however,
     3  that if it is impracticable to drive an overpass or an underpass
     4  in the solid, an overpass or underpass, if substantially built
     5  with masonry or other incombustible material, will be deemed
     6  sufficient.
     7     (g)  Shafts less than 100 feet deep.--If the opening or
     8  outlet other than the main opening is a shaft not more than 100
     9  feet in depth and is used by employees for the purpose of
    10  ingress to or egress from the mine, it shall be kept available
    11  and in safe condition, certified free from dangerous gases and
    12  all obstruction, and shall be fitted with safe and convenient
    13  stairways, with steps of an average tread of ten inches and a
    14  rise of nine inches, not less than two feet in width and not to
    15  exceed an angle of 45 degrees, and with landings not less than
    16  24 inches in width and four feet in length, at easy and
    17  convenient distances. Stairways shall be made safe by having
    18  handrails of suitable material placed on one side, or on both
    19  sides when requested by the department, and shall be inspected
    20  every 24 hours by a certified mine official employed for that
    21  purpose. Water that may come from the surface or from the strata
    22  in the shaft shall be conducted away so it will not fall on the
    23  stairways or on persons while descending or ascending them.
    24     (h)  Shafts more than 100 feet deep.--When a mine is operated
    25  by a shaft more than 100 feet in depth, the persons employed in
    26  the shaft shall be lowered and hoisted by means of machinery
    27  unless the second opening is a drift or a slope. When the
    28  employees are lowered into or hoisted from the mine at the main
    29  shaft opening, the second opening, if a shaft, shall be supplied
    30  with a stairway, constructed in the manner designated in this
    20080S0949B1675                 - 123 -    

     1  section or with suitable machinery for safely lowering and
     2  hoisting persons in case of an emergency.
     3     (i)  Slope openings.--At any mine where one of the openings
     4  required is a slope and is used as a means of ingress and egress
     5  by the employees, and where the angle of descent of the slope
     6  exceeds 15 degrees and its length from the mouth of the opening
     7  exceeds 1,000 feet, the employees shall be lowered into and
     8  hoisted from the mine at a speed not to exceed six miles per
     9  hour. At any mine where the angle of descent of the slope
    10  averages from five to 15 degrees and its length exceeds 3,000
    11  feet, the employees shall be lowered into and hoisted from the
    12  mine at a speed not to exceed six miles per hour, provided,
    13  however, that when a separate travelingway is provided at any
    14  such slope, the owner or operator may, at the owner's or
    15  operator's option, be exempt from the requirements of this
    16  section if the angle of the travelingway does not exceed 20
    17  degrees.
    18  Section 275.  Mining close to abandoned workings.
    19     The superintendent shall not permit the mining of coal in any
    20  seam the entire distance to a permit boundary, not including
    21  boundaries around reservations or along crop lines, when on the
    22  adjoining property there are mine workings in the seam within
    23  3,000 feet of the permit boundary. A barrier pillar shall be
    24  left, from the operation to the permit boundary, of not less
    25  than ten feet plus two feet for every foot or part of a foot of
    26  thickness of the bed measured from the roof to the floor, plus
    27  five feet for each 100 feet or part of 100 feet of cover over
    28  the bed at the permit boundary. If the coal on one side of the
    29  permit boundary has been mined, prior to the effective date of
    30  this section, closer to the permit boundary than permitted, the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 124 -    

     1  barrier pillar to be left in the mine approaching the permit
     2  boundary shall be at least equal, when added to that already
     3  left in the adjoining mine, to that required on both sides of
     4  the permit boundary. If, in the opinion of the department or the
     5  superintendent of either mining property, the barrier pillar is
     6  deemed insufficient, after due notice to the operator of the
     7  adjoining mining property, one-half of the barrier pillar shall
     8  be left on each side of the permit boundary, except as provided
     9  in this section. The department, the superintendent or owner of
    10  either mining property shall determine the thickness necessary
    11  to afford safety and protection. If it is agreed by the
    12  department and superintendents of the adjoining coal mining
    13  properties that the permit boundary is so located that there is
    14  no danger to property or lives in mining coal on either or both
    15  sides of the permit boundary up to the permit boundary, then
    16  mining to the permit boundary shall be lawful if all danger from
    17  accumulated water and gas shall have first been removed by
    18  driving a passageway to tap and drain off any accumulations of
    19  water and gas, as provided for in this act.
    20  Section 276.  Lubrication and storage of flammable lubricants.
    21     The oiling or greasing of any cars inside any mine is
    22  strictly prohibited unless the place where the oil or grease is
    23  used is thoroughly cleaned at least once a day to prevent the
    24  accumulation of waste oil or grease. Not more than two days'
    25  supply of flammable oil or lubricant shall be stored in any
    26  portion of a mine unless it is kept in a fireproof building or a
    27  structure cut out of solid rock. Oil or grease stored in the
    28  face area shall be kept in approved containers and away from
    29  power wires and electric equipment. Accumulations of spilled oil
    30  or grease shall be rendered harmless. Excessive accumulations
    20080S0949B1675                 - 125 -    

     1  shall be removed from the mine. Closed metal containers shall be
     2  provided for the storage of oily rags or waste until removed for
     3  disposal. If any flammable oil or lubricants are stored
     4  underground, all reasonable safety practices shall be observed
     5  in order to minimize any dangers of fire.
     6  Section 277.  Approved lighting and gas detection devices in
     7                 mines.
     8     (a)  Lighting.--It shall be unlawful to use open lights in
     9  mines, and only approved electric cap lamps, approved
    10  flashlights, approved safety lamps and other approved lighting
    11  equipment shall be used in mines.
    12     (b)  Gas detection devices.--All approved gas detection
    13  devices used for examining mines shall be in the care of the
    14  mine foreman or some other competent person appointed by the
    15  mine foreman, who shall have a duty to examine, test and deliver
    16  them in a safe condition to the individuals when entering the
    17  mine and to receive gas detection devices from the individuals
    18  when returning from work.
    19     (c)  Number of devices.--At every mine, a sufficient number
    20  of approved gas detection devices shall be kept in good
    21  condition for use in case of emergency.
    22     (d)  Entrusting of devices.--No approved gas detection
    23  devices shall be entrusted to any person for use in a mine until
    24  the person has given satisfactory evidence to the mine foreman
    25  that he understands the proper use of the gas detection device
    26  and the danger of tampering with the device.
    27     (e)  Duty to return device.--It shall be the duty of every
    28  person who knows their approved gas detection device is
    29  defective to return it immediately to a mine official.
    30  Section 278.  Unauthorized entry into mine.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 126 -    

     1     Any person who enters a mine without authorization from the
     2  superintendent commits a misdemeanor of the second degree. This
     3  section shall not be applicable to any person who enters a mine
     4  in the performance of any duty imposed upon him by this act.
     5  Section 279.  Passing by or removing danger signals.
     6     Except as specifically authorized in this act, no employee or
     7  other person shall pass by any danger signal into any mine, or
     8  into any portion of any mine, or remove any danger signal before
     9  the mine or portion of the mine has been examined and reported
    10  to be safe. Any employee or other person shall not pass by any
    11  danger signal placed at the entrance to a working place, or any
    12  other place in the mine, or remove the danger signal without
    13  permission from the mine foreman, the assistant mine foreman or
    14  the mine examiner.
    15  Section 280.  Miners to remain in work areas.
    16     Each miner shall remain during working hours in the work area
    17  assigned by the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman.
    18  Section 281.  Sealing openings.
    19     (a)  Permanently abandoned shafts.--Every shaft permanently
    20  abandoned and taken out of service shall be filled for a
    21  distance of 25 feet with incombustible material.
    22     (b)  Out of service openings.--Every slope, drift or tunnel
    23  permanently taken out of service shall be filled for a distance
    24  of 25 feet with incombustible material.
    25     (c)  Drillholes and boreholes.--All drillholes and boreholes
    26  permanently taken out of service after the effective date of
    27  this act shall be effectively plugged or sealed.
    28     (d)  Openings available for future use.--Every shaft, slope,
    29  drift or tunnel, temporarily taken out of service, which may be
    30  used for future mining purposes shall be properly sealed or
    20080S0949B1675                 - 127 -    

     1  fenced.
     2  Section 282.  Ladders in mines.
     3     Permanently installed ladders in mines that are more than ten
     4  feet in length and set on an angle of 60 degrees or more with
     5  the horizontal shall be provided with substantial backguards,
     6  and all ladders shall be maintained in good repair.
     7  Section 283.  Inside structures to be of incombustible
     8                 materials.
     9     All buildings or structures in any bituminous coal mine shall
    10  be constructed of incombustible materials.
    11  Section 284.  Washhouses.
    12     It shall be the duty of the operator or superintendent of a
    13  mine to provide a suitable building, convenient to the principal
    14  entrance of the mine, for the use of employees of the mine to
    15  wash and change clothes. The building shall be maintained in
    16  good order and be properly lighted and heated, shall be provided
    17  with hot and cold running water and facilities for persons to
    18  wash and shall include adequate sanitary facilities. The cost of
    19  providing and maintaining the conveniences and facilities shall
    20  be defrayed by the owner or operator of mine.
    21                             CHAPTER 3
    22                        ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
    23  Section 301.  Duties of mine foreman and superintendent.
    24     It shall be the duty of the mine foreman and superintendent
    25  to see that the requirements of this chapter for the
    26  installation and maintenance of electrical equipment are
    27  observed in and around coal mines.
    28  Section 302.  Definitions.
    29     As used in this chapter, the following words and terms shall
    30  have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 128 -    

     1  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     2     "Armored cable."  A cable provided with a wrapping of metal,
     3  usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of
     4  mechanical protection.
     5     "Borehole cable."  A cable designed for vertical suspension
     6  in a borehole or shaft and is used for power circuits in a mine.
     7     "Branch circuit."  A tap taken off a main circuit.
     8     "Cable sheath."  A covering consisting of composition tapes,
     9  compound jackets of natural or synthetic rubber, or
    10  thermoplastic or fiber braids applied over the conductor
    11  assembly and insulation of multiple conductor cables.
    12     "Circuit breaker."  A device which may be controlled by
    13  relaying or protective equipment for interrupting a circuit
    14  between separable contacts under normal or abnormal conditions.
    15     "Delta-connected."  A delta-connected power system is one in
    16  which the windings of transformers or AC generators are
    17  connected to form a triangular phase relationship, with the
    18  phase conductors connected to each point of the triangle.
    19     "Difference of potential."  The difference of electrical
    20  pressure or electromotive force existing between any two points
    21  of an electrical system, or between any point of a system and
    22  the earth, as determined by a voltmeter or other suitable
    23  instrument.
    24     "Effectively grounded."  Grounded through a grounding
    25  connection of sufficiently low impedance, inherent or
    26  intentionally added, or both, so that fault grounds which may
    27  occur cannot build up voltages in excess of limits established
    28  for apparatus, circuits or systems so grounded.
    29     "Electrical face equipment."  Mobile or portable mining
    30  machinery having electric motors or accessory equipment normally
    20080S0949B1675                 - 129 -    

     1  installed or operated inby the last open crosscut in any entry
     2  or room.
     3     "Electric system."  All electric equipment and circuits that
     4  pertain to the operation of the mine and are under control of
     5  the mine management.
     6     "Explosion-proof or flame-proof."  Casings or enclosures
     7  which, when completely filled with a mixture of methane and air
     8  and the same exploded, are capable of either entirely confining
     9  the products of the explosion within the casing or discharging
    10  them from the casing so that they cannot ignite a mixture of
    11  methane and air, combined in proportions most sensitive to
    12  ignition and entirely surrounding the points of discharge, and
    13  in most intimate proximity with the points of discharge.
    14     "Flame-resistant cable."  A cable that meets the MSHA testing
    15  requirements for flame resistance and has been assigned an
    16  approval. A cable shall also be considered flame-resistant if it
    17  meets the criteria for flame resistance by a nationally
    18  recognized testing lab that is equivalent to the MSHA testing
    19  criteria and that is appropriately identified. All flame-
    20  resistant cables used underground shall have the approval number
    21  embossed or indented on the jacket at intervals not to exceed 12
    22  feet.
    23     "Ground."  A conducting connection, whether intentional or
    24  accidental, between an electric circuit or equipment and earth
    25  or to some conducting body which serves in place of the earth.
    26     "Grounding conductor."  A metallic conductor used to connect
    27  the metal frame or enclosure of an equipment, device or wiring
    28  system with an effective grounding medium.
    29     "High voltage."  Voltage higher than 1,000 volts nominal.
    30     "Lightning arrestor."  A protective device for limiting surge
    20080S0949B1675                 - 130 -    

     1  voltages on equipment by discharging or bypassing surge current
     2  and for preventing continued flow of current to ground.
     3     "Low voltage."  Voltage up to 660 volts nominal.
     4     "Machine operator."  A person who possesses a machine runners
     5  certification and is placed in charge of a portable or mobile
     6  face machine of any sort where a gas examination is required
     7  under this act or regulations promulgated under this act.
     8     "Medium voltage."  Voltage from 661 to 1,000 volts nominal.
     9     "Mine power center."  A combined transformer and distribution
    10  unit which may include a rectifier, complete within a metal
    11  enclosure, from which one or more low-voltage, medium-voltage or
    12  high-voltage power circuits are taken.
    13     "Neutral."  A neutral point of connection established through
    14  the use of a grounding or zig-zag transformer with a normally
    15  ungrounded delta power system.
    16     "Neutral point."  The connection point of transformer or
    17  generator windings from which the voltage to ground is nominally
    18  zero and is the point generally used for system grounding in a
    19  wye-connected AC power system.
    20     Nonmetallic armor."  A tough outer covering or cable sheath
    21  of rubber, rubber compound or thermoplastic designed to protect
    22  the cable conductors and insulation from abrasion or other
    23  damage from external sources.
    24     "Portable trailing cable."  A flexible cable or cord used for
    25  connecting mobile, portable or stationary equipment in mines to
    26  a trolley system or other external source of electric energy
    27  where permanent mine wiring is prohibited or impracticable.
    28     "Potential of a circuit."  The voltage of a circuit machine
    29  or any piece of electrical apparatus is the potential difference
    30  normally existing between the conductors of such circuit or the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 131 -    

     1  terminals of the machine or apparatus.
     2     "Primary ground."  A low impedance ground bed or system
     3  consisting of several interconnected ground rods or buried
     4  conducting mesh, or both, located near an outdoor substation and
     5  used as a lightning arrestor or station ground or, separately,
     6  as a basic ground for one conductor of a power transmission or
     7  distribution system. A single ground rod of any length is not
     8  considered a primary ground.
     9     "Protection."  Fuses or other suitable automatic circuit-
    10  interrupting devices for preventing damage to circuits,
    11  equipment and abnormal personnel conditions, such as over-
    12  current, high or low voltage and single phasing.
    13     "Rectifiers."  Alternating current to direct-current power
    14  conversion devices of the mercury-arc, silicon, selenium or
    15  other type.
    16     "Shielded cable." A cable in which the insulated conductor is
    17  covered with a conductive material for the purpose of clearing
    18  ground faults.
    19     "Voltage."  The phase-to-phase or line-to-line root-mean-
    20  square value assigned to a circuit or system for designation at
    21  its voltage class. Actual voltage at which the circuit or
    22  systems operated may vary from the normal voltage with a range,
    23  which permits satisfactory operation of the equipment. The
    24  difference of electrical pressure or electromotive force
    25  existing between any two points of an electrical system, or
    26  between any point of a system and earth, as determined by a volt
    27  meter or other instrument. The term shall be synonymous the term
    28  potential and shall mean electrical pressure.
    29     "Wye-connected."  A system in which one end of each phase
    30  winding of transformers or AC generators are connected together
    20080S0949B1675                 - 132 -    

     1  to form a neutral point, and the other ends of the windings are
     2  connected to the phase conductors.
     3     "Zig-zag transformer."  A three-phase transformer used to
     4  provide a neutral point on delta systems and capable of carrying
     5  continuously the maximum ground fault current of the system.
     6  Section 303.  Plan of electrical system.
     7     A plan shall be kept at the mine showing the location of all
     8  stationary electrical apparatuses in connection with the mine
     9  electrical system, including permanent cables, conductors,
    10  switches and trolley lines. The plan shall be of sufficient size
    11  to show clearly the position of the apparatus, and the scale
    12  shall not be less than 500 feet per inch. There shall be stated
    13  on the plan the capacity in horsepower of each motor, and in
    14  kilowatts of each generator, rectifier or transformer, and the
    15  nature of its duty. The plans shall be corrected as often as may
    16  be necessary to keep them up to date or at intervals not
    17  exceeding six months.
    18  Section 304.  Protection against shock.
    19     (a)  Electrical work.--No electrical work shall be performed
    20  on low-voltage, medium-voltage or high-voltage distribution
    21  circuits or equipment except by a qualified person or by a
    22  person trained to perform electrical work and to maintain
    23  electrical equipment under the direct supervision of a qualified
    24  person. Disconnecting devices shall be locked out and suitably
    25  tagged by the persons who perform the work, except that in cases
    26  where locking out is not possible, the devices shall be opened
    27  and suitably tagged by such persons. Locks or tags shall be
    28  removed only by the person who installed them or, if the persons
    29  are unavailable, by persons authorized by the operator or the
    30  operator's agent.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 133 -    

     1     (b)  Insulating materials.--Mats of rubber, insulated
     2  platform or other suitable insulating materials shall be
     3  provided at all stationary transformers, rectifiers, motors and
     4  generators and their controls, except portable and mobile
     5  equipment. Gloves or mats of rubber or other suitable insulating
     6  material shall be provided by the operator and used by qualified
     7  persons when energized parts of electrical apparatus have to be
     8  handled for the purpose of adjustment.
     9  Section 305.  Restoration from shock.
    10     Instruction shall be posted in every generating, transforming
    11  and motor room and at the entrance to the mine containing
    12  directions as to the restoration of persons suffering from
    13  electric shock. All employees working in connection with
    14  electrical apparatus shall be familiar with and competent to
    15  carry out the instructions.
    16  Section 306.  Report of defective equipment.
    17     In the event of a breakdown or damage or injury to any
    18  portion of the electrical equipment in a mine, overheating, the
    19  appearance of sparks or arcs outside enclosed casings or in the
    20  event of any portion of the equipment not a part of the
    21  electrical circuit becoming energized, the equipment shall be
    22  disconnected from its source of power, the occurrence shall be
    23  promptly reported to a mine official and the equipment shall not
    24  be used again until necessary repairs are made.
    25  Section 307.  Damage or alteration to mine electrical system.
    26     No person shall willfully damage or without authority alter
    27  or make connections to any portion of a mine electrical system.
    28  Section 308.  Capacity.
    29     All electrical apparatus and conductors shall be sufficient
    30  in size and power for the work they may be called upon to do
    20080S0949B1675                 - 134 -    

     1  and, as prescribed in this act, be efficiently covered or
     2  safeguarded. The electrical apparatus and conductors shall be
     3  installed, operated and maintained to reduce danger from
     4  accidental shock or fire to the minimum and shall be constructed
     5  and operated so that the rise in temperature caused by ordinary
     6  operation will not injure the insulating materials. Where these
     7  conditions are not met, affected equipment shall be removed from
     8  service until corrective action is taken.
     9  Section 309.  Joints in conductors.
    10     All joints in conductors shall be mechanically and
    11  electrically efficient. Suitable connectors or screw clamps
    12  shall be used. All joints in insulated wire shall, after the
    13  joint is complete, be reinsulated to at least the same extent as
    14  the remainder of the wire.
    15  Section 310.  Cables entering fittings.
    16     The exposed ends of cables where they enter fittings of any
    17  description shall be protected and finished off so that moisture
    18  cannot enter the cable, or the insulating material, if of an
    19  oily or viscous nature, leak. Where unarmored cables or wires
    20  pass through metal frames or into boxes or motor casings, the
    21  holes shall be substantially bushed with insulating bushings
    22  and, where necessary or required, with gas-tight bushings which
    23  cannot readily become displaced.
    24  Section 311.  Switches, fuses and circuit breakers.
    25     (a)  Construction.--Fuses and automatic circuit breakers
    26  shall be constructed as to effectively interrupt the current on
    27  short circuit or when the current through them exceeds a
    28  predetermined value. Open type fuses shall be provided with
    29  terminals. Circuit breakers shall be of adequate interrupting
    30  capacity.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 135 -    

     1     (b)  Trip setting.--Circuit breakers used to protect feeder
     2  circuits shall be set to trip when the current exceeds by more
     3  than 50% of the rated capacity of the feeder. In case the feeder
     4  is subjected to overloads sufficient to trip the circuit breaker
     5  but of short duration, the circuit breaker may be equipped with
     6  a device which will prevent its acting unless the overload
     7  persists for period longer than ten seconds. Trip current shall
     8  be indicated at the circuit breaker.
     9     (c)  Fuses.--Fuses shall be stamped or marked or shall have a
    10  label attached indicating the maximum current which they are
    11  intended to carry. Fuses shall only be adjusted or replaced by a
    12  competent person authorized by the mine foreman.
    13     (d)  Protective fuses.--Fuses used to protect feeders shall
    14  be a less current rating than the feeder.
    15     (e)  Incombustible base requirement.--All switches, circuit
    16  breakers and fuses shall have incombustible bases.
    17  Section 312.  Lightning protection.
    18     If the surface transmission lines of low voltage or medium
    19  voltage from the generating station are overhead, there shall be
    20  lightning arrestors installed at the generating station. If the
    21  distance from the generating station to the point where the line
    22  enters the mine is more than 500 feet, an additional arrestor
    23  shall be installed at that point.
    24  Section 313.  Underground power supply.
    25     (a)  Ground detectors.--All underground systems of
    26  distribution that are completely insulated from earth shall be
    27  equipped with properly installed ground detectors of suitable
    28  design which will trip the circuit breaker when a ground fault
    29  is detected. The ground detectors shall be maintained in working
    30  condition.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 136 -    

     1     (b)  Protection of circuits leading underground.--
     2         (1)  In every completely insulated feeder circuit in
     3     excess of 25 kilowatts capacity, leading underground and
     4     operating at a potential not exceeding the limits of medium
     5     voltage, there shall be provided above ground a circuit
     6     breaker arranged to open simultaneously each ungrounded
     7     conductor. In addition, a positive disconnect means shall be
     8     installed outby the circuit breaker. Overload protection
     9     shall be provided to open the circuit breaker in case of
    10     overload on any conductor. Fuses may be substituted for
    11     circuit breakers in circuits transmitting 25 kilowatts or
    12     less. Each power circuit in excess of 50 kilowatts leading
    13     underground shall be provided with a suitable ammeter.
    14         (2)  Every alternating current feeder circuit leading
    15     underground and operating at a potential exceeding the limits
    16     of medium voltage shall be provided above ground with a
    17     suitable circuit breaker. The breaker shall be equipped with
    18     automatic overload trip, arranged to open simultaneously each
    19     ungrounded power-carrying conductor. Each circuit shall also
    20     be provided with a suitable ammeter.
    21     (c)  Cables in shafts, slopes and boreholes.--
    22         (1)  All cables passing underground through inclines,
    23     boreholes and shafts shall be installed in a manner that will
    24     prevent undue strain in the sheath, insulation or conductors
    25     and damage by chafing of cables against each other or against
    26     the borehole casing or shaft. All ungrounded power conductors
    27     in shafts, boreholes and inclines shall be covered with
    28     suitable insulating materials and installed to provide a
    29     minimum tensile factor of safety of five. Conductors shall be
    30     securely fastened and properly supported out of contact with
    20080S0949B1675                 - 137 -    

     1     combustible materials. When the weight, length and
     2     construction of a cable are such that suspension from its
     3     upper end only would subject the cable to possible damage, it
     4     shall be supported at intervals necessary to prevent undue
     5     strains in the sheath, insulation and conductors and to
     6     provide a minimum tensile factor of safety of five. Adequate
     7     protection shall be provided so that no damage can result
     8     from water, electrolysis, moving cages, skips, ice, coal or
     9     other falling or moving materials.
    10         (2)  Installation of direct-current and alternating-
    11     current cables carrying in excess of 25 kilowatts in the same
    12     borehole shall require approval of the department.
    13     (d)  High-voltage underground transmission systems.--
    14         (1)  High-voltage conductors or cables leading
    15     underground and extending underground shall be of the flame-
    16     resistant type with either a rubber, plastic or armor sheath
    17     meeting the requirements of the department for flame
    18     resistance. When the cable is fed by high-voltage systems
    19     other than that described in this chapter, it shall be either
    20     metallic armored, installed in rigid steel conduit or buried
    21     one foot below combustible material. When circuit and
    22     protective requirements are met, the cable construction and
    23     method of installation may be that described in this chapter.
    24     Cables shall be adequate for the intended current and
    25     voltage. Splices made in cable shall provide continuity of
    26     all components and shall be made in accordance with cable
    27     manufacturers' recommendations. A competent person designated
    28     by the mine electrician shall supervise the making of the
    29     splices.
    30     (e)  Braid covered cable.--
    20080S0949B1675                 - 138 -    

     1         (1)  No power wires or cables having what is commonly
     2     termed as weatherproof insulation or insulation consisting of
     3     braided covering, which is susceptible to moisture absorption
     4     from the outer surface to the conductor, shall be installed
     5     in a mine.
     6         (2)  All insulated power cables purchased for use in a
     7     mine shall be protected by a flame-resistant jacket and
     8     assigned an approval number unless either armored or
     9     installed in rigid steel conduit, a metal enclosure or a
    10     fireproof room.
    11     (f)  Ventilation.--
    12         (1)  Bare power conductors shall not be installed in an
    13     air current that has passed through or by the first working
    14     place in the air split.
    15         (2)  High-voltage transmission cable, high-voltage motors
    16     and high-voltage transformers shall not be installed in any
    17     air current that has passed through or by the first working
    18     place in the air split.
    19     (g)  Underground cables in haulage roads.--
    20         (1)  Where the cables or feed wires, other than trolley
    21     wires, in main haulage roads cannot be kept at least 12
    22     inches from any part of a mine car or locomotive, they shall
    23     be specially protected by proper guards.
    24         (2)  Cables and wires, except trailing or portable cables
    25     or bare return cables, shall be installed on roofs, ribs,
    26     walls or timbers by means of efficient insulators. All
    27     electric cables constantly kept in rooms or pillars or other
    28     work areas shall be carried on suitable supports to within 70
    29     feet of the face of each work area. In no instance shall the
    30     method of support damage the cable jacket or armor.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 139 -    

     1         (3)  When main or other roads are being repaired or
     2     blasting is being carried on, suitable temporary protection
     3     from damage shall be given to the cables.
     4         (4)  All other wires, except telephone, shot-firing and
     5     signal wires, shall be on the same side of the road as the
     6     trolley wire.
     7         (5)  Haulage block signal circuits and other control
     8     circuits powered from the trolley shall be located on the
     9     same side of the road as the trolley.
    10     (h)  Branch circuit protection.--When the potential of a
    11  branch circuit exceeds the limit of medium voltage, it shall be
    12  protected by a circuit breaker, except as otherwise permitted
    13  under section 331(h). The circuit breaker shall be equipped with
    14  an automatic overload trip arranged to open simultaneously each
    15  ungrounded power carrying conductor. Provisions for positive
    16  disconnection of the branch circuit shall be included.
    17     (i)  Underground transformer and substation rooms.--
    18         (1)  Any motor-generator, rectifier except those
    19     described in subsection (j), rotary converter or oil-filled
    20     transformer installed in a mine shall be enclosed in a
    21     fireproof chamber of masonry or in an effectively grounded
    22     approved steel structure. These buildings shall be provided
    23     with automatically closing fire doors, but the automatic
    24     features of fire doors may be omitted if a substation
    25     attendant is employed. The openings of the doors shall be
    26     safeguarded by grillwork so that only authorized persons may
    27     enter the room. No electrical equipment containing
    28     inflammable material shall be placed within eight feet of a
    29     door or opening in the underground building. All underground
    30     substations containing rotary machinery shall have an
    20080S0949B1675                 - 140 -    

     1     attendant constantly on duty while rotating machinery is in
     2     operation, unless adequate control and protection of the
     3     equipment is assured by the use of suitable automatic
     4     devices. No transformer, circuit breaker, controller or other
     5     device containing more than 20 gallons of inflammable liquid
     6     shall be placed in any underground substation. A separate
     7     split of air shall adequately ventilate the substation. No
     8     substation shall be built in any mine until the location,
     9     material, construction and method of ventilation for the
    10     substation has received the approval of the department.
    11         (2)  Main and distribution switch and fuse boards shall
    12     be made of incombustible, moisture-resistant, insulating
    13     material and fixed in as dry a situation as practicable or
    14     shall be of suitable metal construction, exposed portions of
    15     which shall be effectively grounded. All switches, circuit
    16     breakers, rheostats, fuses and instruments used in connection
    17     with underground motor-generators, rotary-converters, high-
    18     voltage motors, transformers, and low-voltage and medium-
    19     voltage motors of more than 50 horsepower or 50 KVA capacity
    20     shall be installed upon a suitable switchboard or in a metal-
    21     clad switchgear structure. Similar equipment for low-voltage
    22     and medium-voltage motors of 50 horsepower and less may be
    23     separately installed if mounted upon insulating bases of
    24     suitable material or effectively metal clad.
    25     (j)  Clearances.--
    26         (1)  In underground stations where switchboards are
    27     installed, there shall be a passageway in front of the
    28     switchboard not less than three feet in width, and, if there
    29     are any high-voltage connections at the back of the
    30     switchboard, any passageway behind the switchboard shall not
    20080S0949B1675                 - 141 -    

     1     be less than three feet. The floor at the back of the
     2     switchboard shall be properly floored and insulated with
     3     nonconducting material, accessible from each end. In the case
     4     of high-voltage, switchboards shall be kept locked, but the
     5     lock shall allow the door being opened from the inside
     6     without the use of a key.
     7         (2)  Where the supply is at a voltage exceeding the
     8     limits of medium voltage, there shall be no live metal work
     9     on the front of the main switchboard within seven feet of the
    10     floor or platform, and the space provided under paragraph (1)
    11     shall not be less than four feet. Insulating floors or mats
    12     shall be provided for medium-voltage boards where live metal
    13     work is on the front.
    14     (k)  Transformers.--The primary of each underground power
    15  transformer shall be protected by a suitable circuit breaker
    16  equipped with automatic overload trip arranged to open
    17  simultaneously each ungrounded power conductor. The primary of a
    18  transformer of less than 25 KVA capacity operated at a potential
    19  lower than high voltage may be protected by fuses. When a
    20  transformer is the only load on a branch circuit, the branch
    21  circuit protection can be considered the transformer protection.
    22     (l)  Outgoing feeder protection.--Main circuits leaving
    23  underground substations or transformer stations shall be
    24  protected by circuit breakers.
    25     (m)  Grounding.--All metallic coverings, metal armoring of
    26  cables and the frames and bedplates of generators, transformers
    27  and motors shall be effectively grounded.
    28     (n)  Identification of hazard.--All high-voltage machines and
    29  apparatus shall be marked to clearly indicate that they are
    30  dangerous, by the use of the words "Danger, High Voltage."
    20080S0949B1675                 - 142 -    

     1     (o)  Protection of terminals.--All terminals on machines,
     2  motors or equipment over medium-voltage underground shall be
     3  protected with insulating covers or metal covers effectively
     4  connected to the ground.
     5     (p)  Unauthorized persons.--No person, other than one
     6  authorized by the mine foreman or mine electrician, shall enter
     7  a station or transformer room or interfere with the working of
     8  any connected apparatus.
     9     (q)  Fire protection.--Rock dust or fire extinguishers
    10  suitable for extinguishing electrical fires shall be kept ready
    11  for immediate use at electrical stations and transformer rooms.
    12     (r)  Fireproof rectifiers and transformers.--A portable
    13  rectifier with a dry-type transformer, except those using pumped
    14  tubes or glass bulb mercury arc tubes or a dry-type transformer
    15  designed for underground use with adequate automatic electrical
    16  protection and substantially of fireproof construction, fully
    17  metal clad, which will not be in the same location in excess of
    18  one year, may be installed in any intake air current, not beyond
    19  the last open crosscut and not closer than 250 feet along the
    20  air route to pillar workings. The location where the fireproof
    21  rectifier or transformer is installed need not be made fireproof
    22  with masonry or steel, but shall be equipped with doors,
    23  grillwork or otherwise to prevent entry or access by
    24  unauthorized persons.
    25  Section 314.  Storage battery equipment.
    26     (a)  General rule.--All storage battery equipment and
    27  charging stations shall be designed, operated and ventilated so
    28  that gas from the batteries will be safely diluted. Storage
    29  battery charging stations shall be on a separate split of air.
    30     (b)  Flammable materials.--The presence of flammable
    20080S0949B1675                 - 143 -    

     1  materials is not permitted in any storage battery room or
     2  charging station. Signs to this effect shall be posted in all
     3  battery rooms or charging stations.
     4     (c)  Use in face areas.--Storage battery-operated equipment
     5  may be used in face areas when all electrical parts that are
     6  practicable to enclose are enclosed in explosion-proof casings
     7  and the batteries are adequately ventilated.
     8  Section 315.  (Reserved).
     9  Section 316.  Electrical equipment.
    10     (a)  Voltage restriction.--Hand-held tools shall be
    11  restricted to a maximum of 300 volts.
    12     (b)  Grounding.--The frame of all off-track equipment shall
    13  be effectively grounded through a safety ground conductor in its
    14  trailing cable.
    15     (c)  Hand-held tools.--Electric drills and other electrically
    16  operated rotating tools intended to be hand held shall be
    17  equipped with an integrally mounted electric switch designed to
    18  break the circuit when the hand releases the switch.
    19     (d)  Trailing cables.--
    20         (1)  Trailing cables for equipment shall be safely and
    21     efficiently insulated and constructed with an outer sheath or
    22     jacket of flame-resistant material as approved by the
    23     department.
    24         (2)  Cables for hand-held tools shall be especially
    25     flexible, heavily insulated and effectively protected from
    26     damage.
    27         (3)  Each trailing cable in use shall be examined within
    28     two hours of the beginning of each shift by the machine
    29     operator for abrasions and other defects. The machine
    30     operator shall also carefully observe the trailing cable
    20080S0949B1675                 - 144 -    

     1     while in use and shall immediately report any defect to the
     2     mine official in charge.
     3         (4)  In the event of the trailing cable in service
     4     breaking down or becoming damaged in any way, or of it
     5     inflicting a shock upon any person, it shall be put out of
     6     service at once. The faulty cable shall not be used again
     7     until it has been repaired and tested by a properly
     8     authorized person.
     9         (5)  The trailing cable shall be divided at the machine
    10     to which it is supplying power, but only for such length as
    11     is necessary for making connection to the machine terminals.
    12     The trailing cable, with its outer covering complete, shall
    13     be securely clamped to the machine frame in a manner that
    14     will protect the cable from injury and prevent any mechanical
    15     strains on the single ends connected to the machine
    16     terminals.
    17         (6)  No more than five temporary splices shall be made in
    18     any trailing cable. After the fifth splice is made, the cable
    19     shall be changed before the machine is operated on the
    20     following shift. Trailing cables on equipment without cable
    21     shall have no temporary splices within 50 feet of the machine
    22     before the machine is operated on the following shift. Cable
    23     jacket repairs not involving conductors or conductor
    24     insulation are not considered temporary splices.
    25         (7)  Trailing cables shall be hung or adequately
    26     protected to prevent them from being run over and damaged by
    27     mobile machinery.
    28         (8)  Trailing cables on off-track equipment shall contain
    29     a safety ground conductor, which shall be solidly connected
    30     to the machine frame. Cables found to contain defective
    20080S0949B1675                 - 145 -    

     1     grounds shall be repaired before use or shall be replaced.
     2     The safety ground conductor shall have a cross-sectional area
     3     of at least 50% of that of a single power conductor unless
     4     used with ground trip protective systems employing ground
     5     fault current limiting devices, in which case a smaller
     6     safety ground may be used.
     7     (e)  Motors.--In all mines electrical equipment in use inby
     8  the last open crosscut shall have all current-carrying parts
     9  completely enclosed in explosion-proof enclosures. This
    10  requirement shall not include trailing cable, except where
    11  terminated, and shall not include flexible cable as required
    12  between motors, controllers, terminal boxes and other
    13  auxiliaries. The enclosures shall not be opened except by an
    14  authorized person and then only when the power is switched off.
    15  The power shall not be switched on while the enclosures are
    16  open. Only permissible equipment is permitted inby the last
    17  permanent stopping, except in rooms where open-type equipment
    18  may be used only in the intake travelway. This exception does
    19  not include power distribution equipment.
    20     (f)  Safeguarding.--The person in charge of mobile electrical
    21  equipment shall not leave the machinery while it is working and
    22  shall, before leaving the work area, see that power is cut off
    23  the trailing cables.
    24     (g)  Explosion-tested compartments.--All explosion-tested
    25  compartments and packing glands shall be maintained as approved
    26  by the department.
    27     (h)  Detection of gas.--
    28         (1)  In working places, an approved hand-held gas
    29     detection device shall be provided for use with each machine
    30     when working. If methane gas is detected in an amount of 1%
    20080S0949B1675                 - 146 -    

     1     or greater, the person in charge shall immediately stop the
     2     machine, cut off the current at the nearest switch and report
     3     the matter to a mine official.
     4         (2)  When not in use, equipment shall be parked away from
     5     the face. No electrically operated permissible face equipment
     6     shall be taken inby the last open breakthrough until the
     7     machine operator assures that an inspection for gas has been
     8     made in the place where the machine is to be in operation. If
     9     methane gas is detected in an amount of 1% or greater by a
    10     gas detection device, the machine shall not be taken in. The
    11     place shall be dangered off until the gas has been removed or
    12     rendered harmless.
    13         (3)  No electrically operated equipment shall be in use
    14     for a period longer than 20 minutes without a check for
    15     methane gas as required under this subsection. If methane gas
    16     is found at 1% or greater, the power shall immediately be
    17     switched off, and the trailing cable shall be disconnected
    18     from the power supply.
    19         (4)  The person finding gas shall at once report the fact
    20     to the mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner,
    21     and the machine shall not again be started in that place
    22     until the mine examiner or a person duly authorized by the
    23     mine foreman has examined it and pronounced it safe.
    24         (5)  If any electric sparking or arc is produced outside
    25     a coal-cutting or other portable motor, or by the cables or
    26     rails, the machine shall be stopped, disconnected from the
    27     power supply and not be worked again until the defect is
    28     repaired and the occurrence shall be reported to a mine
    29     official.
    30     (i)  Methane monitors.--
    20080S0949B1675                 - 147 -    

     1         (1)  Methane monitors shall be installed on all face-
     2     cutting machines and other mechanized equipment used to
     3     extract or load coal in a mine. The sensing device for
     4     methane monitors shall be installed at the return end of the
     5     longwall face. An additional sensing device shall also be
     6     installed on the longwall shearing machine, down wind and as
     7     close to the cutting head as is practicable. The sensing
     8     devices for methane on other types of machines shall be
     9     installed as close to the working face as is practicable.
    10     Methane monitors shall be maintained in permissible and
    11     proper operating conditions and shall be calibrated with a
    12     known air-methane mixture at least once every 31 days. To
    13     assure that methane monitors are properly maintained and
    14     calibrated, the operators shall do all of the following:
    15             (i)  Use persons properly trained in the maintenance,
    16         calibration and permissibility of methane monitors to
    17         calibrate and maintain the devices.
    18             (ii)  Maintain a record of all calibration tests of
    19         methane monitors. Records shall be maintained in a secure
    20         book that is not susceptible to alteration or
    21         electronically in a computer system so as to be secure
    22         and not subject to alteration.
    23             (iii)  Retain the record of calibration tests for one
    24         year from the date of the test. Records shall be retained
    25         at a surface location at the mine and made available to
    26         department representatives and representatives of the
    27         mine workers.
    28         (2)  When the methane concentrations at any methane
    29     monitor reach 1%, the monitor shall give a warning signal.
    30     The warning signal of the methane monitor shall be visible to
    20080S0949B1675                 - 148 -    

     1     the mining machine operator, who shall de-energize electric
     2     equipment or shut down diesel equipment on which the monitor
     3     is mounted.
     4         (3)  The methane monitor shall automatically de-energize
     5     electric equipment or shut down diesel-powered equipment when
     6     the methane accumulation reaches 2% or the methane monitor is
     7     not operating properly.
     8  Section 317.  Inspection of equipment.
     9     (a)  Inspection required.--All electrical equipment shall be
    10  inspected by the mine electrician or person designated by the
    11  mine electrician weekly and, where necessary, shall be cleaned
    12  and repaired.
    13     (b)  Removal of coal dust.--All electric motors and cables in
    14  mechanical sections shall have all excessive coal dust removed
    15  from their exterior surfaces once each operating shift.
    16  Section 318.  Stationary motors.
    17     Every stationary motor underground, together with its
    18  starting equipment, shall be protected by a fuse or circuit-
    19  breaking device on each ungrounded pole and by switches arranged
    20  to entirely cut off the power from the motor. The devices shall
    21  be installed in a convenient position near the motor, and every
    22  stationary underground motor of 100 brake horsepower or over
    23  shall be provided with a suitable meter to indicate the load on
    24  the machine.
    25  Section 319.  Permanent underground installation.
    26     All electrical equipment not covered elsewhere under this
    27  act, and except room hoists and gathering pumps which will
    28  remain in the same location for a period of one year or more,
    29  shall be completely housed in an incombustible structure built
    30  of tile, brick, stone, concrete or grounded steel plates not
    20080S0949B1675                 - 149 -    

     1  less than one-eighth inch in thickness, securely joined.
     2  Section 320.  Underground illumination.
     3     (a)  Sockets.--In all mines, the sockets of fixed electric
     4  lamps shall be of so-called weatherproof type, the exterior of
     5  which shall be entirely nonmetallic. Flexible lamp cord
     6  connections are prohibited, except for portable lamps as
     7  provided under subsection (c).
     8     (b)  Lamps.--Electric lamps shall be placed so they cannot
     9  come in contact with combustible material.
    10     (c)  Portable electric lamps.--Portable electric lamps, other
    11  than battery lamps, shall not be used in connection with the
    12  repair and inspection of machines and equipment in face areas.
    13  When used elsewhere, they shall be protected by a heavy wire
    14  cage completely enclosing both lamp and socket and shall be
    15  provided with a handle to which both cage and socket are firmly
    16  attached and through which the lead-in wires are carried.
    17     (d)  Electric lamp enclosure.--Electric lamps, when used in
    18  face areas of any mine, shall be installed in explosion-proof
    19  enclosures.
    20     (e)  Electric lamp replacement.--Electric lamps shall be
    21  replaced by a competent and qualified person in face areas after
    22  an examination for gas has been made with an approved gas
    23  detection device.
    24     (f)  Underground photography.--Underground photography using
    25  flash bulbs or other sources of artificial illumination shall be
    26  prohibited unless immediately preceded by an examination for gas
    27  by a mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner and
    28  the place found safe.
    29  Section 321.  Telephones and signaling.
    30     (a)  Telephone service.--Telephone service or equivalent two-
    20080S0949B1675                 - 150 -    

     1  way communication facilities shall be provided in all mines
     2  between the surface and each working section that is more than
     3  1,500 feet from the main portal.
     4     (b)  Telephone lines.--Telephone lines shall be carried on
     5  insulators, installed on the opposite side from power or trolley
     6  wires and, where they cross power or trolley wires, and
     7  insulated adequately.
     8     (c)  Lightning arrestors.--Lightning arrestors shall be
     9  provided at points where telephone circuits enter the mine.
    10     (d)  Telephone cables.--Telephone cables permanently
    11  installed in power boreholes containing unarmored power cables
    12  shall be either armored or protected at top and bottom by
    13  insulating transformers.
    14     (e)  Precautions.--All proper precautions shall be taken to
    15  prevent electric signal and telephone wires from coming into
    16  contact with other electric conductors, whether insulated or
    17  not.
    18     (f)  Standards generally.--Bells, wires, insulators, contact
    19  makers and other apparatus used in connection with electric
    20  signaling underground shall be of suitable design and of
    21  substantial and reliable construction and erected in such a
    22  manner as to reduce the liability of failures or false signals
    23  to a minimum.
    24     (g)  Potential.--In the face areas of any mine, the potential
    25  used for signal purposes shall not exceed 24 volts, and bare
    26  wires shall not be used for signal circuits.
    27     (h)  Voltage on signal circuits.--The voltage on signal
    28  circuits confined to intake air and using insulated conductors
    29  may be greater than 24 volts, but shall not exceed 125 volts
    30  average. This shall not apply to haulage block signal systems.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 151 -    

     1  Section 322.  Grounding.
     2     (a)  General rule.--In a direct-current electrical system,
     3  grounding shall consist in so connecting any part of an
     4  electrical system, including frames, to the earth that there
     5  shall be no difference of potential between them.
     6     (b)  Negative side to be grounded.--Only the negative side of
     7  the direct-current circuit shall be grounded.
     8     (c)  Rectifier diodes.--Rectifier diodes used at any
     9  bituminous coal mine shall be connected to the supply circuit
    10  through an isolating winding in order that isolation between
    11  alternating current and direct-current systems is effected.
    12     (d)  Initial installation.--The initial installation of
    13  rectifiers at any bituminous coal mine shall be approved by the
    14  department before being energized.
    15  Section 323.  Voltage limitation.
    16     In no case shall the potential used in the trolley system be
    17  higher than 600 volts.
    18  Section 324.  Incoming feeder-disconnect switches.
    19     Disconnecting switches shall be installed underground in all
    20  main direct-current power circuits within 500 feet of the bottom
    21  of shafts, boreholes or at other places where main power
    22  circuits enter a mine.
    23  Section 325.  Bonding.
    24     Where air or water pipes parallel the grounded return of
    25  power circuits, the return shall be securely bonded to the pipes
    26  at frequent intervals to eliminate the possibility of a
    27  difference of voltage between rails and pipes and to prevent
    28  electrolysis of the pipes. The rail return shall be of
    29  sufficient capacity for the current used, independent of the
    30  capacity of the pipes. On main haulage roads, both rails shall
    20080S0949B1675                 - 152 -    

     1  be bonded, except welded track, and cross bonds shall be placed
     2  at points not to exceed 200 feet apart. On secondary haulage
     3  roads, one rail shall be bonded continuously.
     4  Section 326.  Trolley installation.
     5     (a)  Trolley wires and feeder lines.--All trolley wires and
     6  feeder lines installed on underground haulage roads shall be
     7  placed as far to one side of the passageway as is practicable,
     8  but not less than six inches outside of line of rail, and
     9  securely supported upon hangers which shall not be more than 24
    10  feet apart and efficiently insulated.
    11     (b)  Prohibition.--In all mines, trolley and feeder wires
    12  shall not extend beyond the last open crosscut and shall be kept
    13  at least 150 feet from open pillar workings.
    14     (c)  Switches or circuit breakers.--All branch trolley lines
    15  shall be fitted with either a trolley switch, circuit breaker or
    16  section insulator and line switch or some other device that will
    17  allow the current to be shut off from the branch headings.
    18  Switches or circuit breakers shall be provided on haulage roads
    19  to de-energize all trolley and feeder lines at intervals not to
    20  exceed 2,000 feet.
    21  Section 327.  Connections to trolley.
    22     (a)  Permanent connections.--All permanent connections to
    23  trolley feeder circuits shall be made with suitable mechanical
    24  connectors. No temporary or permanent connection shall be
    25  wrapped or tied.
    26     (b)  Temporary connections.--Temporary connections for
    27  portable equipment may be made through fused trolley taps.
    28     (c)  Safety ground and negative connections.--Safety ground
    29  and negative connections for temporary or permanent
    30  installations shall be made at two separate points, at least six
    20080S0949B1675                 - 153 -    

     1  inches apart, and shall be made directly to the track, a bond or
     2  the system ground.
     3  Section 328.  Guarding.
     4     At all landings and partings or other places where
     5  individuals are required to regularly work or pass under trolley
     6  or other bare power wires, which are placed less than six and
     7  one-half feet above top of rail, a suitable protection shall be
     8  provided. This protection shall consist of placing boards along
     9  the wire, which boards shall not be more than five inches apart
    10  nor less than two inches below the lowest point of the wire. The
    11  distance between boards on curves may exceed five inches, but
    12  shall not exceed eight inches. This does not prohibit the use of
    13  other approved devices or methods furnishing equal or better
    14  protection.
    15  Section 329.  Locomotives.
    16     (a)  Electric haulage.--Electric haulage by trolley
    17  locomotive is not permitted except on intake air.
    18     (b)  Certain operation prohibited.--It shall be unlawful to
    19  run or operate a locomotive, fed directly or indirectly from a
    20  trolley wire, by the open entrances to worked out places wherein
    21  the pillars have been drawn or places in which the pillars have
    22  not been drawn but in places where the roof has collapsed.
    23     (c)  Certain use proscribed.--No open-type electric
    24  locomotive or open-type electric machine of whatsoever type
    25  shall be taken into a working place. Main return airways or
    26  passageways shall not be used as haulageways for electric
    27  locomotives operated from a trolley wire.
    28  Section 330.  Outdoor substation.
    29     The outdoor substation shall be built in accordance with
    30  current Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers'
    20080S0949B1675                 - 154 -    

     1  standards and department equipment performance specification and
     2  shall include:
     3         (1)  Protective fence or enclosure.
     4         (2)  Primary or incoming line lightning arrestors.
     5         (3)  Positive disconnecting means on the incoming or
     6     primary line with a circuit breaker or fuses to interrupt
     7     safely any current, normal or abnormal, which might be
     8     encountered.
     9         (4)  Transformer bank to convert the incoming or primary
    10     voltage to the transmission voltage. The use of auto-
    11     transformers for this purpose is prohibited. Secondary or
    12     underground transmission voltage shall not exceed 15,000
    13     volts, nominal, phase to phase. The transformer may be
    14     connected delta-wye, wye-delta or delta-delta. Wye-wye
    15     connections shall not be used because of voltage instability
    16     under some conditions of load. In the event that the
    17     secondary winding is delta-connected, the neutral necessary
    18     for the four-wire transmission circuit shall be derived by
    19     the use of a three-phase zig-zag or grounding transformer.
    20     Where grounding transformers are used, they shall be of
    21     sufficient capacity to carry maximum ground fault current
    22     continuously. Should the substation primary or supply voltage
    23     equal the mine transmission voltage, the main transformer
    24     bank may be omitted and the zig-zag transformer used to
    25     derive a system neutral if one is not otherwise available.
    26         (5)  Secondary lightning arrestors.
    27         (6)  Ground fault-current limiting resistor capable of
    28     continuously limiting ground fault current to 25 amperes or
    29     less. The resistor shall be adequately insulated and shall be
    30     protected by a grounded fence or screen unless mounted eight
    20080S0949B1675                 - 155 -    

     1     feet or more above ground.
     2         (7)  Secondary or mine feeder circuit breaker with
     3     interrupting capacity adequate for any possible condition of
     4     fault and no less than the short circuit capacity of the
     5     system supplying power to the breaker. Positive disconnect
     6     means shall be provided on the input and output side of the
     7     breaker. Use of automatic reclosing circuit breakers is
     8     prohibited. Breaker automatic tripping shall be through
     9     protective relays and shall provide, as a minimum, tripping
    10     by undervoltage, instantaneous and inverse time limit phase
    11     overcurrent, ground fault current not exceeding 15 amperes
    12     and ground-continuity check not exceeding seven amperes. The
    13     ground-continuity check circuit shall continuously monitor
    14     the integrity of the neutral circuit leading underground and
    15     shall cause the breaker to open when either the ground or
    16     pilot check wire is broken. An ammeter capable of reading
    17     current in each phase and a voltmeter capable of reading
    18     phase-to-phase voltage shall be provided at the circuit
    19     breaker.
    20         (8)  Surge protection or station ground bed to which
    21     shall be connected all lightning arrestor grounds, substation
    22     equipment frame grounds, fence, if metallic, and substation
    23     structure, if metallic. There shall be no direct connection
    24     between this ground bed and either the grounded side of the
    25     mine direct-current system or the neutral ground bed
    26     described below.
    27         (9)  Neutral or primary ground bed located at least 25
    28     feet away from the station ground at its closest point and to
    29     which shall be connected only the inby or load end of the
    30     neutral current limiting resistor. To prevent current
    20080S0949B1675                 - 156 -    

     1     transformer core saturation by stray direct current return
     2     currents, or neutral conductor damage, there shall be no
     3     direct or metallic connection between any point of the high-
     4     voltage alternating current neutral circuit and the mine
     5     direct-current ground.
     6         (10)  Ground bed resistance shall be measured at least
     7     every six months and appropriate action taken to assure the
     8     maintenance of four ohms or less of ground bed resistance. A
     9     record of these resistance measurements shall be kept in a
    10     book provided for that purpose.
    11  Section 331.  High-voltage underground transmission system.
    12     (a)  Underground.--High-voltage cables leading underground
    13  and extending underground shall be of the multiple conductor
    14  flame-resistant type with a rubber, plastic or armor sheath
    15  meeting the requirements of the department for flame resistance.
    16  They shall be equipped with metallic shields around each power
    17  conductor. One or more ground conductors shall be provided of a
    18  total size either:
    19         (1)  not less than one-half the power conductor size; or
    20         (2)  capable of carrying two times the maximum ground
    21     fault current.
    22  There shall also be provided an insulated conductor not smaller
    23  than No. 10 AWG for the ground-continuity check circuit. Cables
    24  shall be adequate for the intended current and voltage. Splices
    25  made in the cable shall provide continuity of all components and
    26  shall be made in accordance with the cable manufacturers'
    27  recommendations. A competent person designated by the mine
    28  electrician shall supervise the making of splices.
    29     (b)  Subject to flexing.--High-voltage cables subject to
    30  repeated flexing shall be similar in construction to type SH-D
    20080S0949B1675                 - 157 -    

     1  in accordance with Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
     2  standard S-19-81.
     3     (c)  Couplers.--If couplers are used, they shall be of the
     4  three-phase type with a full metallic shell and shall be
     5  adequate for the voltage and current expected. All exposed metal
     6  on the couplers shall be grounded to the ground conductor in the
     7  cable. The coupler shall be constructed so that the ground
     8  continuity conductor shall be broken first and the ground
     9  conductor shall be broken last when the coupler is being
    10  uncoupled.
    11     (d)  Equipment passing over or under cable.--At locations
    12  where cables cross haulageways or travelways or where equipment
    13  must pass over or under the cable, the cables shall be either
    14  installed in a trench in the roof, protected by some mechanical
    15  means or buried at least 12 inches below combustible material
    16  and adequately protected from crushing by the weight of
    17  equipment passing over it.
    18     (e)  Location of installation.--High-voltage cables shall be
    19  installed only in intake airways. They may be installed on
    20  intake haulageways only with the approval of the department. The
    21  cable may be installed by hanging on suitable hooks or clamps,
    22  supported by a suitable messenger cable, burying or installing
    23  in metal conduit. When suspended, the distance between supports
    24  shall not exceed 20 feet, and they shall be so placed that they
    25  do not damage the cable jacket. When hung in a haulage entry
    26  containing a trolley wire, the cable shall be installed at least
    27  12 inches from the trolley wire or feeder wires and away from
    28  the track.
    29     (f)  Excess cable.--Any excess cable which is connected and
    30  supplying a load shall be coiled, stored on a reel or otherwise
    20080S0949B1675                 - 158 -    

     1  stored at a place near the load where it can be protected by
     2  dangering off the storage area. The cable shall not exceed 1,000
     3  feet in length.
     4     (g)  Frames and enclosures.--Frames and enclosures of high-
     5  voltage switch units, transformers, metallic cable couplers and
     6  splice boxes shall be grounded to the common or primary ground
     7  for the system in the high-voltage cable.
     8     (h)  Taps or branch circuits.--Taps or branch circuits from
     9  the high-voltage feeder shall be made through circuit breakers
    10  or suitable load break switches.
    11     (i)  Nonload breaking disconnect switches.--When nonload
    12  breaking disconnect switches are used for sectionalizing high-
    13  voltage circuits, they shall be fully metal clad, equipped with
    14  a door interlock to break the ground-continuity check circuit,
    15  thus tripping the feeding breaker when the door is open, and a
    16  voltmeter or indicating lights to verify that the circuit is
    17  deenergized before the disconnected switches are opened.
    18     (j)  Applicability.--For the purpose of interpretation and
    19  compliance with subsection (h) and section 313(h), the following
    20  apply:
    21         (1)  A branch circuit is a subportion of the high-voltage
    22     system, serving one or more loads. The branch circuit begins
    23     at the junction or splitting of the high-voltage system. The
    24     junction consists of the following distinct elements:
    25             (i)  Input feeder, which delivers power from the
    26         source.
    27             (ii)  Output feeder, which may extend the feeder to
    28         other parts of the high-voltage system.
    29             (iii)  Branch circuit.
    30     The output feeder is not considered as a branch circuit and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 159 -    

     1     is not required to have electrical protection at the
     2     junction, but receives electrical protection either at the
     3     source substation or at some place between the source
     4     substation and the junction. The branch circuit is required
     5     to have protection at the junction.
     6         (2)  A tap supplies power to the high-voltage loads
     7     located entirely within the enclosure where the connection is
     8     made. Where no splitting of the feeder cable occurs, neither
     9     a tap nor branch is created.
    10         (3)  A suitable load-break switch, which may be used in
    11     lieu of a circuit breaker, is a gang-operated switch with a
    12     voltage rating not less than the system voltage, capable of
    13     interrupting a current equal to its continuous full load
    14     rating and to be used in conjunction with fuses to provide
    15     overload and short circuit protection for the load being
    16     served.
    17  Section 332.  Load center.
    18     Transmission voltage shall be reduced to machine utilization
    19  voltage by a portable transformer or load center of adequate
    20  capacity for the equipment powered by it. The transformer shall
    21  be of the dry type, ventilated, nonventilated or sealed,
    22  substantially constructed and completely enclosed in a metal
    23  case. The metal enclosure shall be connected to the high-voltage
    24  system ground conductor in the high-voltage cable. Complete load
    25  center construction shall render it essentially fireproof. In
    26  addition to these requirements, the following shall be observed:
    27         (1)  Connection of the high-voltage cable to the load
    28     center shall be made through a cable coupler of the type
    29     described in section 331(c).
    30         (2)  The load center shall be equipped with a positive
    20080S0949B1675                 - 160 -    

     1     disconnect means on the incoming or high-voltage circuit.
     2     This may consist of a circuit breaker, load-break switch,
     3     disconnect switch or other device. The following apply:
     4             (i)  If a circuit breaker is used for this purpose,
     5         it shall be equipped with instantaneous and inverse time
     6         limit phase overcurrent and undervoltage relaying
     7         protection.
     8             (ii)  If a device other than a circuit breaker is
     9         used, it shall be so arranged that it cannot be operated
    10         until the ground continuity check circuit in the high-
    11         voltage cable has opened causing the nearest feeding
    12         circuit breaker to trip.
    13         (3)  The restriction of section 330(4) pertaining to
    14     transformer connections and use of zig-zag grounding
    15     transformers also apply to the load center.
    16         (4)  The transformer secondary neutral, direct or
    17     derived, shall be connected to machine trailing cable safety
    18     ground conductors through a ground current limiting resistor
    19     capable of limiting ground fault current to 25 amperes or
    20     less. The inby side of the resistor shall be grounded to the
    21     load center frame if no DC equipment powered from a common
    22     mine DC system can contact the frames of AC equipment powered
    23     by this load center. In the event there is a possibility of
    24     frame contact between AC equipment and DC equipment supplied
    25     from a common DC mine system, the inby side of the resistor
    26     may be insulated from the load center frame and shall be
    27     solidly connected to the DC ground system.
    28         (5)  The load center shall be equipped with a main
    29     secondary breaker of adequate interrupting capacity with
    30     tripping devices which shall feed individual machine breakers
    20080S0949B1675                 - 161 -    

     1     located either in the load center or external to it in a
     2     separate distribution center. External utilization voltage
     3     connections shall be made through receptacles arranged so
     4     that they cannot be uncoupled under load.
     5         (6)  Load centers shall be located on intake air only.
     6     Load centers shall not be located beyond the last open
     7     crosscut or located closer than 250 feet along the air route
     8     to pillar workings.
     9  Section 333.  Distribution centers.
    10     (a)  General rule.--Distribution centers may be used to
    11  distribute utilization power to portable equipment. The
    12  distribution center may be connected to the load center through
    13  one or more cables or conductors protected by flame-resistant
    14  jackets with combined capacity sufficient to carry the maximum
    15  loads that may be encountered. The distribution center shall
    16  contain breakers adequate to interrupt any fault current that
    17  might occur, which shall feed each unit of equipment that is
    18  connected to the distribution center. Each breaker shall be
    19  equipped with tripping devices that will function, on overload,
    20  phase fault and ground fault. Distribution centers shall be
    21  located on intake air only, and shall not be located beyond the
    22  last open crosscut or closer than 150 feet from pillar workings
    23  unless the distribution center shall have an approved explosion-
    24  proof enclosure.
    25     (b)  Cables.--Utilization voltage cables shall be fitted with
    26  plug couplers and provision made so that cables cannot be
    27  uncoupled under load. All plugs and sockets shall be
    28  substantially constructed, and any exposed metal portions shall
    29  be grounded. Couplers shall be constructed so that the ground
    30  conductor connection is broken last during uncoupling.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 162 -    

     1     (c)  Ground conductors.--Utilization voltage conductors,
     2  cables or conductor groups shall contain one or more ground
     3  conductors which when combined shall be able to carry safely and
     4  continuously at least twice the maximum ground fault current.
     5     (d)  Option.--A combined alternating and direct-current
     6  distribution or load center complete within a substantially
     7  fireproof metal enclosure, with a dry type transformer and solid
     8  state rectifier and adequate automatic electrical protection,
     9  may be used to distribute alternating and direct current
    10  utilization power. The power supply to this unit may be low,
    11  medium or high voltage. When high voltage is utilized, the
    12  requirements of section 332 shall apply. When medium or low
    13  voltage is utilized, this section shall apply. However, when an
    14  external DC distribution device is employed, the rectifier
    15  output may be taken through a main DC circuit breaker to that
    16  device without the use of a plug and receptacle system.
    17  Section 334.  Mandatory safety components of electrical
    18                 equipment.
    19     (a)  Requirement.--Low-voltage, medium-voltage and high-
    20  voltage resistance ground systems shall have ground wire
    21  monitors to continuously monitor the continuity of the grounding
    22  circuits to the equipment affected, except for:
    23         (1)  Low-voltage and medium-voltage circuits supplying
    24     power to longwall illumination systems.
    25         (2)  Low-voltage and medium-voltage stationary equipment
    26     installed in accordance with all of the following:
    27             (i)  The equipment is permanently installed at a
    28         fixed location.
    29             (ii)  All load components are securely attached to a
    30         common metallic frame or structure.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 163 -    

     1             (iii)  Each component of the equipment is grounded by
     2         two independent equipment safety grounding, each sized
     3         appropriately.
     4             (iv)  At least one of the equipment safety ground
     5         conductors to each component is visible for its entire
     6         length. High-voltage resistance grounded systems shall
     7         have ground wire monitors to continuously monitor the
     8         continuity of the grounding circuits. All ground wire
     9         monitors shall be designed and constructed to be
    10         failsafe.
    11     (b)  Study.--The mining industry shall initiate a study to
    12  enhance the safety of underground direct-current machine cables.
    13  The program shall include an evaluation of ground wire monitors
    14  for use on all direct-current equipment. The program shall
    15  include laboratory and underground testing. The test results
    16  shall be documented and presented to the Board of Coal Mine
    17  Safety no later than 365 days after the effective date of this
    18  act for action by the board.
    19     (c)  Additional study.--The mining industry shall initiate a
    20  study to enhance the safety of underground cables. The program
    21  shall include an evaluation of metallic shielded cable,
    22  nonmetallic shielded cable and more sensitive ground fault
    23  limiting and detection. The program shall include laboratory and
    24  underground testing. The results shall be documented and
    25  presented to the Board of Coal Mine Safety no later than 365
    26  days after the effective date of this act for action by the
    27  board.
    28     (d)  Plugs.--If plugs are used on any cable in a mine, the
    29  plugs must be interlocked.
    30  Section 335.  High-voltage longwalls.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 164 -    

     1     Sections 336 through 344 are electrical safety standards that
     2  apply to high-voltage longwall circuits and equipment. All other
     3  standards established under this act also apply to longwall
     4  circuits and equipment when appropriate. The department shall
     5  consider existing Federal interpretations of comparable
     6  standards when implementing and enforcing these requirements.
     7  Section 336.  Longwall electrical protection.
     8     (a)  High-voltage circuits.--High-voltage circuits must be
     9  protected against short circuits, overloads, ground faults and
    10  undervoltages by circuit-interrupting devices of adequate
    11  interrupting capacity as follows:
    12         (1)  Current settings of short-circuit protective devices
    13     must not exceed the setting specified in approval
    14     documentation or 75% of the minimum available phase-to-phase
    15     short-circuit current, whichever is less.
    16         (2)  Time-delay settings of short-circuit protective
    17     devices used to protect any cable extending from the section
    18     power center to a motor-starter enclosure must not exceed the
    19     settings specified in approval documentation or one-quarter
    20     second, whichever is less. Time-delay settings of short-
    21     circuit protective devices used to protect motor and shearer
    22     circuits must not exceed the settings specified in approval
    23     documentation or three cycles, whichever is less.
    24         (3)  Ground-fault currents must be limited by a neutral
    25     grounding resistor to not more than:
    26             (i)  six and one-half amperes when the nominal
    27         voltage of the power circuit is 2,400 volts or less; or
    28             (ii)  three and three-quarters of an ampere when the
    29         nominal voltage of the power circuit exceeds 2,400 volts.
    30         (4)  High-voltage circuits extending from the section
    20080S0949B1675                 - 165 -    

     1     power center must be provided with all of the following:
     2             (i)  Ground-fault protection set to cause de-
     3         energization at not more than 40% of the current rating
     4         of the neutral grounding resistor.
     5             (ii)  A backup ground-fault detection device to cause
     6         de-energization when a ground fault occurs with the
     7         neutral grounding resistor open.
     8             (iii)  Thermal protection for the grounding resistor
     9         that will de-energize the longwall power center if the
    10         resistor is subjected to a sustained ground fault. The
    11         thermal protection must operate at either 50% of the
    12         maximum temperature rise of the grounding resistor or 150
    13         Centigrade or 302 Fahrenheit, whichever is less, and must
    14         open the ground-wire monitor circuit for the high-voltage
    15         circuit supplying the section power center. The thermal
    16         protection must not be dependent upon control power and
    17         may consist of a current transformer and overcurrent
    18         relay.
    19         (5)  High-voltage motor and shearer circuits must be
    20     provided with instantaneous ground-fault protection set at
    21     not more than 0.125 of an ampere.
    22         (6)  Time-delay settings of ground-fault protective
    23     devices used to provide coordination with the instantaneous
    24     ground-fault protection of motor and shearer circuits shall
    25     not exceed one-quarter second.
    26         (7)  Undervoltage protection shall be provided by a
    27     device which operates on low voltage to cause and maintain
    28     the interruption of power to a circuit to prevent automatic
    29     restarting of the equipment.
    30     (b)  Current transformers.--Current transformers used for the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 166 -    

     1  ground-fault protection specified in subsection (a)(1), (4)(i)
     2  and (5) must be single window type and must be installed to
     3  encircle all three-phase conductors. Equipment safety grounding
     4  conductors must not pass through or be connected in series with
     5  ground-fault current transformers.
     6     (c)  Test circuit.--Each ground-fault current device
     7  specified in subsection (a)(4)(i) and (5) must be provided with
     8  a test circuit that will inject a primary current of 50% or less
     9  of the current rating of the grounding resistor through the
    10  current transformer and cause each corresponding circuit-
    11  interrupting device to open.
    12     (d)  Prohibition.--Circuit-interrupting devices shall not
    13  reclose automatically.
    14     (e)  Multiple cables.--Where two or more high-voltage cables
    15  are used to supply power to a common bus in a high-voltage
    16  enclosure, each cable must be provided with ground wire
    17  monitoring. The ground wire monitoring circuits must cause de-
    18  energization of each cable when either the ground monitor or
    19  grounding conductor of any cable becomes severed or open. On or
    20  after the effective date of this section, parallel-connected
    21  cables on newly installed longwalls must be protected as
    22  follows:
    23         (1)  When one circuit-interrupting device is used to
    24     protect parallel-connected cables, the circuit-interrupting
    25     device must be electrically interlocked with the cables so
    26     that the device will open when any cable is disconnected.
    27         (2)  When two or more parallel circuit-interrupting
    28     devices are used to protect parallel-connected cables, the
    29     circuit-interrupting devices must be mechanically and
    30     electrically interlocked. Mechanical interlocking shall cause
    20080S0949B1675                 - 167 -    

     1     all devices to open simultaneously and electrical
     2     interlocking shall cause all devices to open when any cable
     3     is disconnected.
     4  Section 337.  Longwall disconnect switches.
     5     (a)  Section power center.--The section power center must be
     6  equipped with a main disconnecting device installed to de-
     7  energize all cables extending to longwall equipment when the
     8  device is in the open position.
     9     (b)  Maintenance.--Disconnecting devices for motor-starter
    10  enclosures must be maintained in accordance with the
    11  department's approval. The compartment for the disconnect device
    12  must be provided with a caution label to warn miners against
    13  entering the compartment before de-energizing the incoming high-
    14  voltage circuits to the compartment.
    15     (c)  Rating.--Disconnecting devices must be rated for the
    16  maximum phase-to-phase voltage of the circuit in which they are
    17  installed and for the full load current of the circuit that is
    18  supplied power through the device.
    19     (d)  Installation.--Each disconnecting device must be
    20  designed and installed so that:
    21         (1)  Visual observation determines that the contacts are
    22     open without removing any cover.
    23         (2)  All load power conductors can be grounded when the
    24     device is in the open position.
    25         (3)  The device can be locked in the open position.
    26     (e)  Capability.--Disconnecting devices, except those
    27  installed in explosion-proof enclosures, shall be capable of
    28  interrupting the full load current of the circuit or designed
    29  and installed to cause the current to be interrupted
    30  automatically prior to the opening of the contacts of the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 168 -    

     1  device. Disconnecting devices installed in explosion-proof
     2  enclosures shall be maintained in accordance with the
     3  department's approval.
     4  Section 338.  Guarding of longwall cables.
     5     (a)  High-voltage cables.--High-voltage cables shall be
     6  guarded at the following locations:
     7         (1)  Where persons regularly work or travel over or under
     8     the cables.
     9         (2)  Where the cables leave cable handling or support
    10     systems to extend to electric components.
    11     (b)  Intent and design of guarding.--Guarding shall minimize
    12  the possibility of miners contacting the cables and protect the
    13  cables from damage. The guarding shall be made of grounded metal
    14  or nonconductive flame-resistant material.
    15  Section 339.  Longwall cable-handling and support systems.
    16     Longwall mining equipment shall be provided with cable-
    17  handling and support systems that are constructed, installed and
    18  maintained to minimize the possibility of miners contacting the
    19  cables and to protect the high-voltage cables from damage.
    20  Section 340.  Use of longwall insulated cable handling
    21                 equipment.
    22     (a)  General rule.--Energized high-voltage cables shall not
    23  be handled except when motor or shearer cables need to be
    24  trained. When cables need to be trained, high-voltage insulated
    25  gloves, mitts, hooks, tongs, slings, aprons or other personal
    26  protective equipment capable of providing protection against
    27  shock hazard shall be used to prevent direct contact with the
    28  cable.
    29     (b)  Standards, examinations, testing and replacement.--High-
    30  voltage insulated gloves, sleeves and other insulated personal
    20080S0949B1675                 - 169 -    

     1  protective equipment shall:
     2         (1)  have a voltage rating of at least Class 1, 7,500
     3     volts, that meets or exceeds ASTM F496-97, Standard
     4     Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Gloves and
     5     Sleeves (1997);
     6         (2)  be examined before each use for visible signs of
     7     damage;
     8         (3)  be removed from the underground area of the mine or
     9     destroyed when damaged or defective; and
    10         (4)  be electrically tested every six months.
    11  Section 341.  Maintenance.
    12     Compartment separation and cover interlock switches for
    13  motor-starter enclosures shall be maintained in accordance with
    14  section 342.
    15  Section 342.  High-voltage longwall mining systems.
    16     (a)  General rule.--In each high-voltage motor-starter
    17  enclosure, with the exception of a controller on a high-voltage
    18  shearer, the disconnect device compartment,
    19  control/communications compartment and motor contactor
    20  compartment shall be separated by barriers or partitions to
    21  prevent exposure of personnel to energized high-voltage
    22  conductors or parts. Barriers or partitions shall be constructed
    23  of grounded metal or nonconductive insulating board.
    24     (a.1)  High-voltage shearers.--In each motor-starter
    25  enclosure on a high-voltage shearer, the high-voltage components
    26  shall be separated from lower voltage components by barriers or
    27  partitions to prevent exposure of personnel to energized high-
    28  voltage conductors or parts. Barriers or partitions shall be
    29  constructed of grounded metal or nonconductive insulating board.
    30     (b)  Interlock switches.--Each cover of a compartment in the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 170 -    

     1  high-voltage motor-starter enclosure containing high-voltage
     2  components shall be equipped with at least two interlock
     3  switches arranged to automatically de-energize the high-voltage
     4  components within that compartment when the cover is removed.
     5     (c)  Circuit-interrupting devices.--Circuit-interrupting
     6  devices shall be designed and installed to prevent automatic
     7  reclosure of the cover.
     8     (d)  Transformers.--Transformers with high-voltage primary
     9  windings that supply control voltages shall incorporate grounded
    10  electrostatic (Faraday) shielding between the primary and
    11  secondary windings. The shielding shall be connected to the
    12  equipment ground by a minimum No. 12 AWG grounding conductor.
    13  The secondary nominal voltage shall not exceed 120 volts, line
    14  to line.
    15     (e)  Test circuits.--Test circuits shall be provided for
    16  checking the condition of ground wire monitors and ground-fault
    17  protection without exposing personnel to energized circuits.
    18  Each ground-test circuit shall inject a primary current of 50%
    19  or less of the current rating of the grounding resistor through
    20  the current transformer and cause each corresponding circuit-
    21  interrupting device to open.
    22     (f)  Disconnect devices.--Each motor-starter enclosure, with
    23  the exception of a controller on a high-voltage shearer, shall
    24  be equipped with a disconnect device installed to de-energize
    25  all high-voltage power conductors extending from the enclosure
    26  when the device is in the open position.
    27         (1)  When multiple disconnect devices located in the same
    28     enclosure are used to satisfy the requirement of this
    29     subsection, they shall be mechanically connected to provide
    30     simultaneous operation by one handle.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 171 -    

     1         (2)  The disconnect device shall be rated for the maximum
     2     phase-to-phase voltage and the full-load current of the
     3     circuit in which it is located and installed so that:
     4             (i)  visual observation determines that the contacts
     5         are open without removing any cover;
     6             (ii)  the load-side power conductors are grounded
     7         when the device is in the open position;
     8             (iii)  the device can be locked in the open position;
     9             (iv)  when located in an explosion-proof enclosure,
    10         the device shall be designed and installed to cause the
    11         current to be interrupted automatically prior to the
    12         opening of the contacts; and
    13             (v)  when located in a nonexplosion-proof enclosure,
    14         the device shall be designed and installed to cause the
    15         current to be interrupted automatically prior to the
    16         opening of the contacts, or the device shall be capable
    17         of interrupting the full-load current of the circuit.
    18     (g)  Starters to be interlocked.--Control circuits for the
    19  high-voltage motor starters shall be interlocked with the
    20  disconnect device so that:
    21         (1)  The control circuit can be operated with an
    22     auxiliary switch in the test position only when the
    23     disconnect device is in the open and grounded position.
    24         (2)  The control circuit can be operated with the
    25     auxiliary switch in the normal position only when the
    26     disconnect switch is in the closed position.
    27     (h)  Determination of minimum available fault current.--A
    28  study to determine the minimum available fault current shall be
    29  submitted to the department to ensure adequate protection for
    30  the length and conductor size of the longwall motor, shearer and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 172 -    

     1  trailing cables.
     2     (i)  Shielded construction of certain cables.--Longwall motor
     3  and shearer cables with nominal voltages greater than 660 volts
     4  shall be made of a shielded construction with a grounded
     5  metallic shield around each power conductor.
     6     (j)  Instantaneous ground fault protection.--High-voltage
     7  motor and shearer circuits shall be provided with instantaneous
     8  ground fault protection of not more than 0.125 of an ampere.
     9  Current transformers used for this protection shall be of the
    10  single window type and shall be installed to encircle all three-
    11  phase conductors.
    12  Section 343.  Longwall electrical work.
    13     (a)  Qualified workers.--Electrical work on all circuits and
    14  equipment associated with high-voltage longwalls shall be
    15  performed by MSHA-qualified persons.
    16     (b)  Procedures for work on circuits and equipment.--Except
    17  for troubleshooting and testing of energized circuits and
    18  equipment as provided under subsection (d), prior to performing
    19  electrical work a qualified person shall do the following:
    20         (1)  De-energize the circuit or equipment with a circuit-
    21     interrupting device.
    22         (2)  Open the circuit-disconnecting device. On high-
    23     voltage circuits, ground the power conductors until work on
    24     the circuit is completed.
    25         (3)  Lock out the disconnecting device with a padlock.
    26     When more than one qualified person is performing work, each
    27     person shall install an individual padlock.
    28         (4)  Tag the disconnecting device to identify each person
    29     working and the circuit or equipment on which work is being
    30     performed.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 173 -    

     1     (c)  Restrictions relating to low-voltage, medium-voltage or
     2  high-voltage distribution circuits or equipment.--No electrical
     3  work shall be performed on low-voltage, medium-voltage or high-
     4  voltage distribution circuits or equipment, except by a
     5  qualified person or a person trained to perform electrical work
     6  and to maintain electrical equipment under the direct
     7  supervision of a qualified person. Disconnecting devices shall
     8  be locked out and suitably tagged by the persons who perform the
     9  work, except that in cases where locking out is not possible,
    10  the devices shall be opened and suitably tagged by persons
    11  performing the work. Locks or tags shall be removed only by the
    12  persons who installed them or, if such persons are unavailable,
    13  by persons authorized by the operator or his agent.
    14     (d)  Troubleshooting and testing of energized circuits.--
    15  Troubleshooting and testing of energized circuits must be
    16  performed only:
    17         (1)  On low-voltage and medium-voltage circuits.
    18         (2)  When the purpose of troubleshooting and testing is
    19     to determine voltages and currents.
    20         (3)  By persons qualified to perform electrical work and
    21     who wear protective gloves. Rubber-insulating gloves shall be
    22     rated at least for the nominal voltage of the circuit when
    23     the voltage of the circuit exceeds 120 volts nominal and is
    24     not intrinsically safe.
    25     (e)  Troubleshooting and testing of multiple voltage
    26  circuits.--Before troubleshooting and testing a low-voltage or
    27  medium-voltage circuit contained in a compartment with a high-
    28  voltage circuit, the high-voltage circuit must be de-energized,
    29  disconnected, grounded, locked out and tagged in accordance with
    30  subsection (b).
    20080S0949B1675                 - 174 -    

     1     (f)  Conveyor belt structures.--Prior to the installation or
     2  removal of a conveyor belt structure, high-voltage cables
     3  extending from the section power center to the longwall
     4  equipment and located in the belt entries shall be:
     5         (1)  deenergized; or
     6         (2)  guarded in accordance with section 338, at the
     7     location where the belt structure is being installed or
     8     removed.
     9  Section 344.  Testing, examination and maintenance of longwall
    10                 equipment.
    11     (a)  Equipment subject to seven-day inspection schedule.--At
    12  least once every seven days, a MSHA-qualified person shall test
    13  and examine each unit of high-voltage longwall equipment and
    14  circuits to determine that electrical protection, equipment
    15  grounding, permissibility cable insulation and control devices
    16  are being properly maintained to prevent fire, electrical shock,
    17  ignition or operational hazards from existing on the equipment.
    18  Tests shall include activating the ground-fault test circuit.
    19     (b)  Equipment subject to 30-day inspection schedule.--Each
    20  ground-wire monitor and associated circuits shall be examined
    21  and tested at least once every 30 days to verify proper
    22  operation and to verify that it will cause the corresponding
    23  circuit-interrupting device to open.
    24     (c)  Removal or repair of equipment.--When examinations or
    25  tests of equipment reveal a fire, electrical shock, ignition or
    26  operational hazard, the equipment must be removed from service
    27  immediately or repaired immediately.
    28     (d)  Certifications and records.--At the completion of
    29  examinations and tests required by this section, the person who
    30  makes the examinations and tests shall certify by signature and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 175 -    

     1  date that they have been conducted. A record shall be made of
     2  any unsafe condition found and any corrective action taken.
     3  Certifications and records shall be kept for at least one year
     4  and shall be made available for inspection by authorized
     5  representatives of the department and representatives of miners.
     6  Section 345.  (Reserved).
     7  Section 346.  (Reserved).
     8  Section 347.  (Reserved).
     9  Section 348.  (Reserved).
    10  Section 349.  (Reserved).
    11  Section 350.  Equipment approvals.
    12     (a)  Departmental discretion.--The department may require the
    13  approval of all underground equipment, surface substations
    14  feeding power underground, fans and personnel conveyances
    15  (elevators, man hoists and escape capsules) connected to an
    16  underground mine. All elevators at the time of installation
    17  shall meet the criteria established in the current American
    18  Society of Mechanical Engineers A17.1 Code, pertaining to
    19  special application elevators, mine elevators, connected to an
    20  underground mine. The equipment shall be grouped as follows for
    21  the purposes of approval:
    22         (1)  Bituminous face equipment (BFE) - permissible
    23     equipment.
    24         (2)  Bituminous open type equipment (BOTE) - non-
    25     permissible equipment.
    26         (3)  Bituminous power distribution equipment (BPDE) -
    27     nonpermissible power equipment.
    28         (4)  Surface installations:
    29             (i)   Mine power substations (MM-S).
    30             (ii)   Fans I (MM-F).
    20080S0949B1675                 - 176 -    

     1             (iii)  Personnel conveyances (MM-P).
     2         (5)   Minewide monitoring systems (MWMS).
     3     (b)  Limitation of approvals.--The approvals under subsection
     4  (a) are specifically limited by the provision that permissible
     5  equipment approved by the MSHA Approval and Certification Center
     6  that is not in conflict with and which meets the requirements of
     7  this act shall be deemed to be approved by the department.
     8     (c)  Procedures for approval.--The procedures for approval of
     9  underground and surface equipment are as follows:
    10         (1)  Approvals shall be limited to electrical systems,
    11     safety systems required by this act and specifications
    12     developed by the task force established by the parties and
    13     provided for under subsection (d).
    14         (2)  Newly purchased permissible equipment shall be
    15     constructed in a fashion as to provide accessibility for
    16     inspection of permissible components.
    17         (3)  The evaluation to determine whether the equipment
    18     should be approved shall be based strictly on the specific
    19     criteria set forth in this act and the performance
    20     specifications under subsection (d). In the absence of
    21     performance specifications for equipment or specific
    22     provisions of this act addressing such equipment; and if the
    23     department considers that the equipment as designed or built
    24     poses an unacceptable risk to the health or safety of miners,
    25     the following procedure shall be applied:
    26             (i)  The department, in a written report, shall
    27         specify the unacceptable risk, based upon objective
    28         ascertainable data and criteria approved by a nationally
    29         recognized standards organization.
    30             (ii)  The department shall convene a task force to
    20080S0949B1675                 - 177 -    

     1         develop specifications for the equipment in an expedited
     2         fashion.
     3             (iii)  If the task force is unable to develop
     4         applicable performance standards within 75 days, the
     5         department may continue to withhold approval based upon
     6         noncompliance with a mandatory safety standard of a
     7         nationally recognized standards organization that has
     8         been shown to be appropriate for mining.
     9         (4)  For new equipment, the prototype of which has not
    10     been previously approved, a manufacturer or operator shall
    11     submit to the department an application requesting approval.
    12     The request for approval shall include four schematics, a
    13     description and any other pertinent information for the
    14     equipment.
    15         (5)  The application under paragraph (4) shall be
    16     reviewed within 15 working days after receipt. Within the 45-
    17     day period the department shall communicate verbally and in
    18     writing to the applicant all discrepancies between the
    19     application and the equipment performance specifications. If
    20     the department does not communicate to the applicant within
    21     the 15 days as described in this paragraph, the application
    22     shall be deemed approved. If the applicant submits additional
    23     schematics or information, the department shall have an
    24     additional 15 days to communicate to the applicant concerning
    25     such additional schematics or information.
    26         (6)  When the application review under paragraph (5) is
    27     complete, an inspector shall be assigned to evaluate the
    28     equipment and the operator or manufacturer notified of that
    29     assignment. The equipment inspection shall be scheduled
    30     within 20 working days of the departmental inspector being
    20080S0949B1675                 - 178 -    

     1     notified. If the inspector gets to the inspection site and
     2     the equipment is not in conformance with the specific
     3     criteria set forth in this act and the performance
     4     specifications described in this section, the time frame
     5     shall stop. When the equipment has been modified to conform
     6     with the specific criteria set forth in this act and the
     7     performance specifications, the operator shall notify the
     8     department for a reinspection, and the department shall
     9     schedule the reinspection within ten working days. If the
    10     equipment is in conformance with the specific criteria set
    11     out in this act and the performance specifications described
    12     in this section, but the schematics are not, the equipment
    13     can be used, but the operator or manufacturer shall have ten
    14     working days to resubmit the corrected schematics or the
    15     equipment shall be taken out of service.
    16         (7)  For previously approved equipment that an operator
    17     proposes to modify, the approval procedure established for
    18     new equipment that has not been previously approved is to be
    19     applicable. The approval process shall address only the
    20     modification that has been made and shall not require changes
    21     to the components of the equipment that were initially
    22     approved. For the purpose of this paragraph, modification
    23     shall not include changes to equipment in which components
    24     are changed and replaced with components that provide
    25     equivalent protection. Modifications subject to approval
    26     shall include only those changes to equipment which affect
    27     whether the equipment still satisfies the applicable
    28     performance specifications described in this section or set
    29     out specifically in this act.
    30         (8)  Approved equipment and repaired equipment that has
    20080S0949B1675                 - 179 -    

     1     not been modified are outside the scope of the approval
     2     process and shall be handled under the mine inspection
     3     program of the department.
     4         (9)  Any direction to take corrective action shall be in
     5     writing and shall specify the provisions of this act or the
     6     performance specifications upon which the department relies.
     7         (10)  The department has the right to inspect equipment
     8     to determine that it is in compliance with applicable
     9     requirements of this act and the equipment performance
    10     specifications. The inspections shall be performed in the
    11     normal course of inspecting the mine and shall, to the extent
    12     feasible, minimize the disruption of production.
    13         (11)  New or rebuilt equipment that has been approved,
    14     but has not been inspected by an approval inspector, shall be
    15     inspected by a mine electrical inspector. The operator shall
    16     give reasonable notice to the mine electrical inspector for
    17     an inspection prior to the equipment entering the mine. The
    18     inspection shall be performed in the normal course of
    19     inspecting the mine and shall, to the extent feasible,
    20     minimize the disruption of production.
    21     (d)  Written criteria for equipment performance
    22  specifications.--A task force shall be established to develop
    23  written criteria for equipment performance specifications.
    24         (1)  The task force shall be comprised of equal numbers
    25     of representatives, not less than two nor more than four,
    26     selected by the department and the major trade association
    27     representing coal operators in this Commonwealth. Final
    28     consensus on performance specifications shall be determined
    29     by a majority of the task force.
    30         (2)  The task force shall develop performance
    20080S0949B1675                 - 180 -    

     1     specifications for approval of equipment and reserves the
     2     right, for just cause, to add or delete from the developed
     3     equipment performance specifications.
     4         (3)  All equipment performance specifications approved
     5     pursuant to the stipulation of settlement shall remain in
     6     effect unless and until they are modified, suspended or
     7     revoked by this act, regulations promulgated under this act
     8     or the equipment performance specifications task force.
     9     (e)  Definitions.--As used in this section, the following
    10  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
    11  subsection:
    12     "Permissible equipment."  As applied to electric face
    13  equipment, all electrically operated equipment taken into or
    14  used in or by the last open crosscut of an entry or a room of
    15  any coal mine the electrical parts of which equipment,
    16  including, but not limited to, associated electrical equipment,
    17  components and accessories, are designed, constructed and
    18  installed in accordance with the specifications of MSHA to
    19  assure that the equipment will not cause a mine explosion or
    20  mine fire, and the other features of which are designed and
    21  constructed, in accordance with the specifications of the
    22  Secretary of Environmental Protection, to prevent, to the
    23  greatest extent possible, other accidents in the use of the
    24  equipment.
    25                             CHAPTER 4
    26                      DIESEL-POWERED EQUIPMENT
    27  Section 401.  Underground use.
    28     (a)  General rule.--Underground use of inby and outby diesel-
    29  powered equipment, including mobile equipment, stationary
    30  equipment and equipment of all horsepower ratings, shall only be
    20080S0949B1675                 - 181 -    

     1  approved, operated and maintained as provided under this
     2  chapter, except for emergency fire-fighting equipment to be used
     3  specifically for that purpose.
     4     (b)  Required attendant.--All diesel-powered equipment shall
     5  be attended while in operation with the engine running in
     6  underground mines. For purposes of this subsection, "attended"
     7  shall mean an equipment operator is within sight or sound of the
     8  diesel-powered equipment.
     9     (c)  Required certifications or approvals.--Inby and outby
    10  diesel-powered equipment may be used in underground mines if the
    11  inby or outby diesel-powered equipment uses an engine approved
    12  or certified by MSHA, as applicable, for inby or outby use that,
    13  when tested at the maximum fuel-air ratio, does not require a
    14  MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate exceeding 75 c.f.m.
    15  per rated horsepower. If MSHA promulgates new regulations that
    16  change the MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate, the
    17  c.f.m. requirement per rated horsepower shall be revised either
    18  up or down on a direct ratio basis upon recommendation of the
    19  technical advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    20  Section 402.  Diesel-powered equipment package.
    21     (a)  Approval.--All diesel-powered equipment shall be
    22  approved by the secretary as a complete diesel-powered equipment
    23  package which shall be subject to all of the requirements,
    24  standards and procedures set forth under this chapter.
    25     (b)  Diesel engine approval.--Diesel engines shall be
    26  certified or approved, as applicable, by MSHA and maintained in
    27  accordance with MSHA certification or approval and secretary
    28  approval.
    29  Section 403.  Exhaust emissions control.
    30     (a)  Exhaust emissions control systems.--
    20080S0949B1675                 - 182 -    

     1         (1)  Except as provided in paragraph (3), underground
     2     diesel-powered equipment shall include an exhaust emissions
     3     control and conditioning system that has been laboratory
     4     tested with the diesel engine using the ISO 8178-1 test and
     5     has resulted in diesel particulate matter emissions that do
     6     not exceed an average concentration of 0.12 mg/m3 when
     7     diluted by 100% of the MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation
     8     rate for that diesel engine. If MSHA promulgates new
     9     regulations that change the MSHA Part 7 approval plate
    10     ventilation rate, the dilution percentage relative to the
    11     approval plate ventilation rate shall be adjusted either up
    12     or down on a direct ratio basis upon recommendation of the
    13     technical advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    14         (2)  Except as provided in paragraph (3), the exhaust
    15     emissions control and conditioning system shall be required
    16     to successfully complete a single series of laboratory tests
    17     for each diesel engine, conducted at a laboratory accepted by
    18     the secretary.
    19         (3)  An exhaust emissions control and conditioning system
    20     may be approved for multiple diesel engine applications
    21     through a single series of laboratory tests, known as the ISO
    22     8178-1 test, only if data is provided to the technical
    23     advisory committee that reliably verifies that the exhaust
    24     emissions control and conditioning system meets, for each
    25     diesel engine, the in-laboratory diesel particulate matter
    26     standard established by this subsection. Data provided to
    27     satisfy this paragraph shall include diesel particulate
    28     matter production rates for the specified engine as measured
    29     during the ISO 8178-1 test, if available. If ISO 8178-1 test
    30     data for diesel particulate matter production is not
    20080S0949B1675                 - 183 -    

     1     available for a specified engine, comparable data may be
     2     provided to the technical advisory committee that reliably
     3     verifies that the exhaust emissions control and conditioning
     4     system shall meet, for the specified diesel engine, the in-
     5     laboratory diesel particulate matter standard established by
     6     this subsection. This standard shall only be used for in-
     7     laboratory testing for approval of diesel-powered equipment
     8     for use underground.
     9     (b)  Components of exhaust emissions system.--The exhaust
    10  emissions control and conditioning system shall include the
    11  following:
    12         (1)  A diesel particulate matter (DPM) filter that has
    13     proven capable of a reduction in total diesel particulate
    14     matter to a level that does not exceed the requirements of
    15     subsection (a)(1). However, the technical advisory committee
    16     may evaluate, in accordance with section 424, alternative
    17     technologies that have the ability to meet the 0.12 mg/m3
    18     standard.
    19         (2)  An oxidation catalyst or other gaseous emissions
    20     control device capable of reducing undiluted carbon monoxide
    21     emissions to 100 ppm or less under all conditions of
    22     operation at normal engine operating temperature range.
    23         (3)  An engine surface temperature control capable of
    24     maintaining significant external surface temperatures below
    25     302 degrees Fahrenheit.
    26         (4)  A system capable of reducing the exhaust gas
    27     temperature below 302 degrees Fahrenheit.
    28         (5)  An automatic engine shutdown system that shuts off
    29     the engine before the exhaust gas temperature reaches 302
    30     degrees Fahrenheit and, if water-jacketed components are
    20080S0949B1675                 - 184 -    

     1     used, before the engine coolant temperature reaches 212
     2     degrees Fahrenheit. A warning shall be provided to alert the
     3     equipment operator prior to engine shutdown.
     4         (6)  A spark arrestor system.
     5         (7)  A flame arrestor system.
     6         (8)  A sampling port for measurement of undiluted and
     7     untreated exhaust gases as they leave the engine.
     8         (9)  A sampling port for measurement of treated undiluted
     9     exhaust gases before they enter the mine atmosphere.
    10         (10)  For permissible diesel equipment, any additional
    11     MSHA regulations must be met.
    12     (c)  Diagnostics systems.--Onboard engine performance and
    13  maintenance diagnostics systems shall be capable of continuously
    14  monitoring and giving readouts for paragraphs (1), (2), (3),
    15  (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8). The diagnostics system shall
    16  identify levels that exceed the engine or component
    17  manufacturer's recommendation or the applicable MSHA or bureau
    18  requirements as to the following:
    19         (1)  Engine speed.
    20         (2)  Operating hour meter.
    21         (3)  Total intake restriction.
    22         (4)  Total exhaust back pressure.
    23         (5)  Cooled exhaust gas temperature.
    24         (6)  Coolant temperature.
    25         (7)  Engine oil pressure.
    26         (8)  Engine oil temperature.
    27  Section 404.  Ventilation.
    28     (a)  Minimum quantities.--Minimum quantities of ventilating
    29  air where diesel-powered equipment is operated shall be
    30  maintained pursuant to this section.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 185 -    

     1     (b)  Approvals.--Each specific model of diesel-powered
     2  equipment shall be approved by the secretary before it is taken
     3  underground. The secretary shall require that an approval plate
     4  be attached to each piece of the diesel-powered equipment. The
     5  approval plate shall specify the minimum ventilating air
     6  quantity for the specific piece of diesel-powered equipment. The
     7  minimum ventilating air quantity shall be determined by the
     8  bureau based on the amount of air necessary at all times to
     9  maintain the exhaust emissions at levels not exceeding the
    10  exposure limits established under section 419.
    11     (c)  (Reserved).
    12     (d)  Multiple units in operation.--Where multiple units are
    13  operated, the minimum quantity shall be at least the total of
    14  100% of MSHA's Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate for each
    15  unit operating in that split. Air quantity measurements to
    16  determine compliance with this requirement shall be made at the
    17  most downwind unit of diesel-powered equipment that is being
    18  operated in that air split. If MSHA promulgates new regulations
    19  that change the MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate, the
    20  minimum quantity where multiple units are operated shall be
    21  revised on a direct ratio basis upon recommendation of the
    22  technical advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    23     (e)  Minimum quantities of air in certain splits.--The
    24  minimum quantities of air in any split where any diesel-powered
    25  equipment is operated shall be in accordance with the minimum
    26  air quantities required in subsections (a) and (b) and shall be
    27  specified in the mine diesel ventilation plan.
    28  Section 405.  Fuel storage facilities.
    29     (a)  General rule.--An underground diesel fuel storage
    30  facility shall be any facility designed and constructed to
    20080S0949B1675                 - 186 -    

     1  provide for the storage of any mobile diesel fuel transportation
     2  units or the dispensing of diesel fuel.
     3     (b)  Diesel fuel standards.--Diesel-powered equipment shall
     4  be used underground only with fuel that meets the standards of
     5  the most recently approved United States Environmental
     6  Protection Agency (EPA) guidelines for over-the-road fuel.
     7  Additionally, the fuel shall also meet the ASTM D975 standards
     8  with a flash point of 100 degrees Fahrenheit or greater at
     9  standard temperature and pressure. The operator shall maintain a
    10  copy of the most recent delivery receipt from the supplier to
    11  verify that the fuel used underground meets this standard.
    12     (c)  Requirements.--Underground diesel fuel storage
    13  facilities shall meet the following general requirements:
    14         (1)  Fixed underground diesel fuel storage tanks are
    15     prohibited.
    16         (2)  No more than 500 gallons of diesel fuel shall be
    17     stored in each underground diesel fuel storage facility.
    18     (d)  Location.--Underground diesel fuel storage facilities
    19  shall be located as follows:
    20         (1)  at least 100 feet from shafts, slopes, shops and
    21     explosives magazines;
    22         (2)  at least 25 feet from trolley wires, haulage ways,
    23     power cables and electric equipment not necessary for the
    24     operation of the storage facilities; and
    25         (3)  in an area that is as dry as practicable.
    26     (e)  Construction requirements.--
    27         (1)  Underground diesel fuel storage facilities shall
    28     meet the construction requirements and safety precautions
    29     under this subsection.
    30         (2)  Underground diesel fuel storage facilities shall
    20080S0949B1675                 - 187 -    

     1     meet all of the following:
     2             (i)  Be constructed of noncombustible materials and
     3         provided with either self-closing or automatic closing
     4         doors.
     5             (ii)  Be ventilated directly into the return air
     6         course using noncombustible materials.
     7             (iii)  Be equipped with an automatic fire suppression
     8         system complying with section 408. The technical advisory
     9         committee may recommend for approval an alternate method
    10         of complying with this section on a mine-by-mine basis in
    11         accordance with section 424.
    12             (iv)  Be equipped with at least two portable 20-pound
    13         multipurpose dry-chemical type fire extinguishers.
    14             (v)  Be marked with conspicuous signs designating
    15         combustible liquid storage.
    16             (vi)  Be included in the preshift examination.
    17         (3)  Welding or cutting other than that performed in
    18     accordance with paragraph (4) shall not be done within 50
    19     feet of a diesel fuel storage facility.
    20         (4)  When it is necessary to weld, cut or solder
    21     pipelines, cylinders, tanks or containers that may have
    22     contained diesel fuel, the following requirements shall
    23     apply:
    24             (i)  Cutting or welding shall not be performed on or
    25         within containers or tanks that have contained
    26         combustible or flammable materials until the containers
    27         or tanks have been thoroughly purged and cleaned or
    28         rendered inert and a vent or opening is provided to allow
    29         for sufficient release of any buildup pressure before
    30         heat is applied.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 188 -    

     1             (ii)  Diesel fuel shall not be allowed to enter
     2         pipelines or containers that have been welded, soldered,
     3         brazed or cut until the metal has cooled to ambient
     4         temperature.
     5  Section 406.  Transfer of diesel fuel.
     6     (a)  General rule.--Diesel fuel shall be transferred as
     7  provided in this section.
     8     (b)  Pump transfers.--When diesel fuel is transferred by
     9  means of a pump and a hose equipped with a nozzle containing a
    10  self-closing valve, a powered pump may be used only if:
    11         (1)  the hose is equipped with a nozzle containing a
    12     self-closing valve without a latch-open device; and
    13         (2)  the pump is equipped with an accessible emergency
    14     shutoff switch.
    15     (c)  Compressed gas prohibition.--Diesel fuel shall not be
    16  transferred using compressed gas.
    17     (d)  Status of diesel engine.--Diesel fuel shall not be
    18  transferred to the fuel tank of diesel-powered equipment while
    19  the equipment's engine is running.
    20     (e)  Dry-system design.--Diesel fuel piping systems shall be
    21  designed and operated as dry systems.
    22     (f)  Standards for pipes, valves and fittings.--All piping,
    23  valves and fittings shall meet the following requirements:
    24         (1)  Be capable of withstanding working pressures and
    25     stresses.
    26         (2)  Be capable of withstanding four times the static
    27     pressures.
    28         (3)  Be compatible with diesel fuel.
    29         (4)  Be maintained in a manner that prevents leakage.
    30     (g)  Manual shutoff valves.--Vertical pipelines shall have
    20080S0949B1675                 - 189 -    

     1  manual shutoff valves installed at the surface filling point and
     2  at the underground discharge point.
     3     (h)  Exposed fuel pipelines.--Unburied diesel fuel pipelines
     4  shall not exceed 300 feet in length and shall have shutoff
     5  valves located at each end of the unburied pipeline.
     6     (i)  Horizontal pipeline prohibition.--Horizontal pipelines
     7  shall not be used to distribute fuel throughout a mine.
     8     (j)  Limitation on piping systems.--Diesel fuel piping
     9  systems shall be used only to transport fuel from the surface
    10  directly to a single underground diesel fuel transfer point.
    11     (k)  Restrictions related to boreholes.--When boreholes are
    12  used, the diesel fuel piping system shall not be located in a
    13  borehole with electric power cables.
    14     (l)  Inspections.--Diesel fuel pipelines located in any shaft
    15  shall be included as part of the required examination of the
    16  shaft.
    17     (m)  Location in entries.--Diesel fuel piping systems located
    18  in entries shall not be located on the same side of the entry as
    19  electric cables or power lines.
    20     (n)  Trolley-haulage limitations.--Diesel fuel pipelines
    21  shall not be located in any trolley-haulage entry, except that
    22  they may cross the entry perpendicular if buried or otherwise
    23  protected from damage and sealed.
    24     (o)  Protection.--Diesel fuel piping systems shall be
    25  protected to prevent physical damage.
    26  Section 407.  Containers.
    27     (a)  General rule.--Containers for the transport of diesel
    28  fuel shall meet the requirements of this section.
    29     (b)  Limitations on containers.--Diesel fuel shall be
    30  transported only in containers specifically designed for the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 190 -    

     1  transport of diesel fuel.
     2     (c)  Limitations on vehicle transport.--No more than one
     3  safety can, conspicuously marked, shall be transported on a
     4  vehicle at any time.
     5     (d)  Standards for containers other than safety containers.--
     6  Containers, other than safety cans, used to transport diesel
     7  fuel shall be provided with the following:
     8         (1)  Devices for venting.
     9         (2)  Self-closing caps.
    10         (3)  Vent pipes at least as large as the fill or
    11     withdrawal connection, whichever is larger, but not less than
    12     one and one-fourth inch nominal inside diameter.
    13         (4)  Liquid-tight connections for all container openings
    14     that are identified by conspicuous markings and closed when
    15     not in use.
    16         (5)  Shutoff valves located within one inch of the tank
    17     shell on each connection through which liquid can normally
    18     flow.
    19     (e)  Tanks with manual gauging.--When tanks are provided with
    20  openings for manual gauging, liquid-tight caps or covers shall
    21  be provided and shall be kept closed when not open for gauging.
    22     (f)  Capacity of containers.--Containers used for the
    23  transport of diesel fuel shall not exceed a capacity of 500
    24  gallons.
    25     (g)  Certain containers as permanent fixtures.--Containers,
    26  other than safety cans, used for the transport of diesel fuel
    27  shall be permanently fixed to the transportation unit.
    28     (h)  Method of transportation.--Diesel fuel transportation
    29  units shall be transported individually and not with any other
    30  cars, except that two diesel fuel transportation units up to a
    20080S0949B1675                 - 191 -    

     1  maximum of 500 gallons each may be transported together.
     2     (i)  Prohibition.--Diesel fuel shall not be transported on
     3  conveyor belts.
     4     (j)  Fire extinguisher.--When transporting diesel fuel in
     5  containers other than safety cans, a fire extinguisher shall be
     6  provided on each end of the transportation unit. The fire
     7  extinguishers shall be multipurpose type dry-chemical fire
     8  extinguishers containing a nominal weight of 20 pounds.
     9     (k)  Fire suppression systems for diesel transportation
    10  units.--Diesel fuel transportation units shall have a fire
    11  suppression system that meets the requirements of section 408.
    12     (l)  Limitations where trolley wires are present.--In mines
    13  where trolley wire is used, diesel fuel transportation units
    14  shall be provided with insulating material to protect the units
    15  from any energized trolley wire, and the distance between the
    16  diesel fuel transportation unit and the trolley wire shall not
    17  be less than 12 inches, or the trolley wire shall be de-
    18  energized when diesel fuel transportation units are transported
    19  through the area.
    20     (m)  Parking restrictions.--Unattended diesel fuel
    21  transportation units shall be parked only in underground diesel
    22  fuel storage facilities.
    23     (n)  Emergency fueling restrictions.--Safety cans shall be
    24  used for emergency fueling only.
    25     (o)  Standards for safety cans.--Safety cans shall be clearly
    26  marked, have a maximum capacity of five gallons, be constructed
    27  of metal and be equipped with a nozzle and self-closing valves.
    28  Section 408.  Fire suppression for equipment and transportation.
    29     (a)  General rule.--Fire suppression systems for diesel-
    30  powered equipment and fuel transportation units shall meet the
    20080S0949B1675                 - 192 -    

     1  requirements of this section.
     2     (b)  Type system.--The system must be an automatic
     3  multipurpose dry-powder type fire suppression system suitable
     4  for the intended application and listed or approved by a
     5  nationally recognized independent testing laboratory.
     6  Installation requirements shall be as follows:
     7         (1)  The system shall be installed in accordance with the
     8     manufacturer's specifications and the limitations of the
     9     listing or approval.
    10         (2)  The system shall be installed in a protected
    11     location or guarded to minimize physical damage from routine
    12     operations.
    13         (3)  Suppressant agent distribution tubing or piping of
    14     the system shall be secured and protected against damage,
    15     including pinching, crimping, stretching, abrasion and
    16     corrosion.
    17         (4)  Discharge nozzles of the system shall be positioned
    18     and aimed for maximum fire suppression effectiveness in the
    19     protected areas. Nozzles shall also be protected against the
    20     entrance of foreign materials, such as mud, coal dust or rock
    21     dust that could prevent proper discharge of suppressant
    22     agent.
    23     (c)  Automatic fire detection and suppression.--The fire
    24  suppression system shall provide automatic fire detection and
    25  suppression for all of the following:
    26         (1)  The engine, transmission, hydraulic pumps and tanks,
    27     fuel tanks, exposed brake units, air compressors and battery
    28     areas, as applicable, on all diesel-powered equipment.
    29         (2)  Fuel containers and electric panels or controls used
    30     during fuel transfer operations on fuel transportation units.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 193 -    

     1     (d)  Fault and fire alarm annunciators.--The fire suppression
     2  system shall include a system fault and fire alarm annunciator
     3  that can be seen and heard by the equipment operator.
     4     (e)  Automatic engine shutdown.--The fire suppression system
     5  shall provide for automatic engine shutdown. Engine shutdown and
     6  discharge of suppressant agent may be delayed for a maximum of
     7  15 seconds after the fire alarm annunciator alerts the operator.
     8     (f)  Manual actuators.--At least two manual actuators shall
     9  be provided, with at least one manual actuator at each end of
    10  the equipment. If the equipment is provided with an operator's
    11  compartment, one of the mechanical actuators shall be located in
    12  the compartment within easy reach of the operator. For
    13  stationary equipment, the two manual actuators shall be located
    14  with at least one actuator on the stationary equipment and at
    15  least one actuator a safe distance away from the equipment and
    16  in intake air.
    17  Section 409.  Fire suppression for storage areas.
    18     (a)  General rule.--Fire suppression systems for diesel fuel
    19  storage areas shall meet the requirements of this section.
    20     (b)  Type system.--The system shall be an automatic
    21  multipurpose dry-powder type fire suppression system or other
    22  system of equal capability, suitable for the intended
    23  application and listed or approved by a nationally recognized
    24  independent testing laboratory. The system shall meet the
    25  following installation requirements:
    26         (1)  The system shall be installed in accordance with the
    27     manufacturer's specifications and the limitations of the
    28     listing or approval.
    29         (2)  The system shall be installed in a protected
    30     location or guarded to minimize physical damage from routine
    20080S0949B1675                 - 194 -    

     1     operations.
     2         (3)  Suppressant agent distribution tubing or piping of
     3     the system shall be secured and protected against damage,
     4     including pinching, crimping, stretching, abrasion and
     5     corrosion.
     6         (4)  Discharge nozzles of the system shall be positioned
     7     and aimed for maximum fire suppression effectiveness in the
     8     protected areas. Nozzles shall also be protected against the
     9     entrance of foreign materials, such as mud, coal dust and
    10     rock dust that could prevent proper discharge of suppressant
    11     agent.
    12     (c)  Automatic fire detection and suppression.--The fire
    13  suppressant system shall provide automatic fire detection and
    14  suppression for the fuel storage tanks, containers, safety cans,
    15  pumps, electrical panels and control equipment in fuel storage
    16  areas.
    17     (d)  Types of alarms.--Audible and visual alarms to warn of
    18  fire or system faults shall be provided at the protected area
    19  and at a surface location that is always staffed when persons
    20  are underground. A means shall also be provided for warning all
    21  endangered persons in the event of fire.
    22     (e)  Manual actuators.--Fire suppression systems shall
    23  include two manual actuators with at least one located within
    24  the fuel storage facility and at least one located a safe
    25  distance away from the storage facility and in intake air.
    26     (f)  System operation.--The fire suppression system shall
    27  remain operative in the event of electrical system failure.
    28     (g)  Monitoring of certain systems.--If electrically
    29  operated, the detection and actuation circuits shall be
    30  monitored and provided with status indicators showing power and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 195 -    

     1  circuit continuity. If not electrically operated, a means shall
     2  be provided to indicate the functional readiness status of the
     3  system.
     4     (h)  Weekly visual inspection.--Fire suppression devices
     5  shall be visually inspected at least once each week by a person
     6  qualified to make the inspection.
     7     (i)  Maintenance, testing and records.--Each fire suppression
     8  device shall be tested and maintained. A record shall be
     9  maintained of the inspection required by this subsection. The
    10  record of the weekly inspections shall be maintained at an
    11  appropriate location for each fire suppression device.
    12     (j)  (Reserved).
    13     (k)  Instructions.--All miners normally assigned to the
    14  active workings of a mine shall be instructed about any hazards
    15  inherent to the operation of all fire suppression devices
    16  installed and, where appropriate, the safeguards available for
    17  each device.
    18  Section 410.  Use of certain starting aids prohibited.
    19     The use of volatile or chemical starting aids is prohibited.
    20  Section 411.  Fueling.
    21     (a)  Restrictions on fueling locations.--Fueling of diesel-
    22  powered equipment shall not be conducted in the intake escape-
    23  way unless the mine design and entry configuration make it
    24  necessary. In those cases where fueling in the intake escape-way
    25  is necessary, the mine operator shall submit a plan for approval
    26  to the secretary, which shall be investigated by the technical
    27  advisory committee in accordance with section 402, outlining the
    28  special safety precautions that will be taken to insure the
    29  protection of miners. The submitted plan shall specify a
    30  location, such as the end of the tail piece track or adjacent to
    20080S0949B1675                 - 196 -    

     1  the load out point, where fueling shall be conducted in the
     2  intake escape-way and all other safety precautions that shall be
     3  taken, which shall include an examination of the area for
     4  spillage or fire by a qualified person.
     5     (b)  Spill cleanup.--Diesel fuel and other combustible
     6  materials shall be cleaned up and not be permitted to accumulate
     7  anywhere in an underground mine or on diesel-powered or electric
     8  equipment located in a mine.
     9     (c)  Trained person on duty.--At least one person specially
    10  trained in the cleanup and disposal of diesel fuel spills shall
    11  be on duty at the mine when diesel-powered equipment or mobile
    12  fuel transportation equipment is being used or when any fueling
    13  of diesel-powered equipment is being conducted.
    14  Section 412.  Fire and safety training.
    15     (a)  Training of underground employees.--All underground
    16  employees at the mine shall receive special instruction related
    17  to fighting fires involving diesel fuel. This training may be
    18  included in annual refresher training under MSHA regulations at
    19  30 CFR Part 48 (relating to training and retraining of miners)
    20  or included in the fire drills required under MSHA regulations
    21  relating to program of instruction; location and use of fire
    22  fighting equipment; location of escape-ways, exits and routes of
    23  travel; evacuation procedures; and fire drills.
    24     (b)  Training of miners.--All miners shall be trained in
    25  precautions for safe and healthful handling and disposal of
    26  diesel-powered equipment filters. All used intake air filters,
    27  exhaust diesel particulate matter filters and engine oil filters
    28  shall be placed in their original containers or other suitable
    29  enclosed containers and removed from the underground mine to the
    30  surface. Arrangements shall be made for safe handling and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 197 -    

     1  disposal of these filters within a timely manner after they have
     2  reached the surface.
     3  Section 413.  Maintenance.
     4     (a)  General rule.--Diesel-powered equipment shall be
     5  maintained in an approved and safe condition as described in
     6  this chapter or removed from service. Failure of the mine
     7  operator to comply with the maintenance requirements of this
     8  subsection may result in revocation of the secretary's approval
     9  of the complete diesel-powered equipment package, provided
    10  appropriate notification has been given to the mine operator and
    11  the procedures of this section have been followed. Upon
    12  receiving the appropriate notification, the mine operator shall
    13  have 30 days to submit a plan to achieve and maintain
    14  compliance. The plan shall be evaluated by the secretary and,
    15  upon approval, the mine operator shall implement the plan. The
    16  secretary shall monitor the mine operator's compliance. If the
    17  secretary then determines that the mine operator is unable or
    18  unwilling to comply, the secretary shall revoke the mine
    19  operator's approval.
    20     (b)  Acquisition and maintenance of approvals.--To acquire
    21  and maintain approval of a complete diesel-powered equipment
    22  package, the mine operator shall comply with the following
    23  requirements:
    24         (1)  All service, maintenance and repairs of approved
    25     complete diesel-powered equipment packages shall be performed
    26     by mechanics who are trained and qualified in accordance with
    27     section 422.
    28         (2)  Service and maintenance of approved complete diesel-
    29     powered equipment packages shall be performed according to:
    30             (i)  the specified routine maintenance schedule;
    20080S0949B1675                 - 198 -    

     1             (ii)  onboard performance and maintenance diagnostics
     2         readings;
     3             (iii)  emissions test results; and
     4             (iv)  component manufacturers' recommendations.
     5  Section 414.  Records.
     6     (a)  General rule.--A record shall be made of all emissions
     7  tests, preoperational examinations and maintenance and repairs
     8  of complete diesel-powered equipment packages. The records made
     9  pursuant to this section shall meet the requirements of this
    10  section.
    11     (b)  Written certification.--The person performing the
    12  emissions test, examination, maintenance or repair shall certify
    13  by date, time, engine hour reading and signature that the
    14  emissions test, examination, maintenance or repair was made.
    15     (c)  Results.--Records of emissions tests and examinations
    16  shall include the specific results of such tests and
    17  examinations.
    18     (d)  Content.--Records of maintenance and repairs shall
    19  include the work that was performed, any fluids or oil added,
    20  parts replaced or adjustments made and the results of any
    21  subsequently required emissions testing.
    22     (e)  Preoperational examination record retention.--Records of
    23  preoperational examinations shall be retained for the previous
    24  100-hour maintenance cycle.
    25     (f)  Certain records to be countersigned.--Records of
    26  emissions tests, 100-hour maintenance tests and repairs shall be
    27  countersigned once each week by the certified mine electrician
    28  or mine foreman.
    29     (g)  Other record retention.--Except as specified in
    30  subsection (e), all records required by this section shall be
    20080S0949B1675                 - 199 -    

     1  retained for at least one year at a surface location at the mine
     2  and made available for inspection by the department and by
     3  miners and their representatives.
     4  Section 415.  Duties of equipment operator.
     5     (a)  Preoperational examination.--Prior to use of a piece of
     6  diesel-powered equipment during a shift, an equipment operator
     7  shall conduct an examination as follows:
     8         (1)  Check the exhaust emissions control and conditioning
     9     system components to determine that the components are in
    10     place and not damaged or leaking.
    11         (2)  Assure that the equipment is clean and free of
    12     accumulations of combustibles.
    13         (3)  Assure that the machine is loaded safely.
    14         (4)  Check for external physical damage.
    15         (5)  Check for loose or missing connections.
    16         (6)  Check engine oil level.
    17         (7)  Check transmission oil level.
    18         (8)  Check other fluid levels, if applicable.
    19         (9)  Check for hydraulic, coolant and oil leaks.
    20         (10)  Check fan, water pump and other belts.
    21         (11)  Check the fan for damage.
    22         (12)  Check guards.
    23         (13)  Check the fuel level.
    24         (14)  Check for fuel leaks.
    25         (15)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements pursuant to
    26     section 414.
    27     (b)  Operational examination.--After the engine is started
    28  and warmed up, the equipment operator shall conduct an
    29  examination as follows:
    30         (1)  Check all onboard engine performance and maintenance
    20080S0949B1675                 - 200 -    

     1     diagnostics system gauges for proper operation and in-range
     2     readings. The equipment operator shall immediately shut down
     3     the engine and notify the operator if the onboard readings
     4     indicate any of the following:
     5             (i)  Intake restriction at full engine speed is
     6         greater than the manufacturer's recommendation.
     7             (ii)  Exhaust restriction at full engine speed is
     8         greater than the manufacturer's recommendation.
     9             (iii)  Coolant temperature is at or near 212 degrees
    10         Fahrenheit.
    11             (iv)  Low engine oil pressure.
    12             (v)  High engine oil temperature.
    13         (2)  Check safety features, including, but not limited
    14     to, the throttle, brakes, steering, lights and horn.
    15         (3)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements pursuant to
    16     section 414.
    17  Section 416.  Schedule of maintenance.
    18     At intervals not exceeding 100 hours of engine operation, a
    19  qualified mechanic shall perform the following maintenance and
    20  make all necessary adjustments or repairs or remove the
    21  equipment from service:
    22         (1)  Wash or steam clean the equipment.
    23         (2)  Check for and remove any accumulations of coal, coal
    24     dust or other combustible materials.
    25         (3)  Check the equipment for damaged or missing
    26     components or other visible defects.
    27         (4)  Conduct electrical and safety component inspections.
    28         (5)  Replace engine oil and oil filter.
    29         (6)  Check the transmission oil level and add oil, if
    30     necessary.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 201 -    

     1         (7)  Check hydraulic oil level and add oil, if necessary.
     2         (8)  Check the engine coolant level and add coolant, if
     3     necessary.
     4         (9)  Check all other fluid levels and add fluid, if
     5     necessary.
     6         (10)  Check for oil, coolant and other fluid leaks.
     7         (11)  Inspect the cooling fan, radiator and shroud.
     8     Remove any obstructions and make necessary repairs.
     9         (12)  Check all belts. Tighten or replace, if necessary.
    10         (13)  Check the battery and service as necessary.
    11         (14)  Check the automatic fire suppression system.
    12         (15)  Check the portable fire extinguisher.
    13         (16)  Check the lights.
    14         (17)  Check the warning devices.
    15         (18)  With the engine operating, check and replace or
    16     repair the following:
    17             (i)  Oil pressure.
    18             (ii)  Intake air restriction at full engine speed.
    19             (iii)  Exhaust gas restriction at full engine speed.
    20             (iv)  Exhaust flame arrestor.
    21             (v)  All gauges and controls.
    22         (19)  Conduct repeatable loaded engine-operating test in
    23     accordance with section 418.
    24         (20)  If the equipment is approved with a nondisposable
    25     diesel particulate filter, a smoke dot test of the filtered
    26     exhaust must be performed at this time. The results of the
    27     smoke dot test shall be recorded on the 100-hour emissions
    28     form. If the interpreted smoke dot number is greater than
    29     three, the technical advisory committee shall be notified and
    30     shall investigate to determine if the filter is functioning
    20080S0949B1675                 - 202 -    

     1     properly.
     2         (21)  Evaluate and interpret the results of all of the
     3     above tests and examinations and make all necessary repairs
     4     or remove the equipment from service.
     5         (22)  Comply with the recordkeeping requirements pursuant
     6     to section 414.
     7  Section 417.  Emissions monitoring and control.
     8     (a)  General rule.--Emissions for diesel-powered equipment
     9  shall be monitored and controlled as provided in this section.
    10     (b)  Determination of baseline emission values.--When any
    11  diesel-powered equipment first enters service at a mine,
    12  baseline emission values shall be determined by a qualified
    13  mechanic. Unless the technical advisory committee in accordance
    14  with section 424 recommends an alternate procedure, the
    15  qualified mechanic shall:
    16         (1)  Verify that the seal on the engine fuel injector is
    17     in place and that the proper fuel pump is on the equipment.
    18         (2)  Install a new clean intake air cleaner, measure and
    19     record the intake restriction pressure.
    20         (3)  Check the level of engine oil.
    21         (4)  Change the engine lubrication oil if not fresh.
    22         (5)  Check the level of the transmission fluid.
    23         (6)  Measure and record the exhaust backpressure. If
    24     exhaust gas back pressure is above that recommended by the
    25     manufacturer, steps must be taken to bring the exhaust gas
    26     back pressure within the manufacturer's recommended limit
    27     prior to beginning the test described in this subsection.
    28         (7)  Test the brakes.
    29         (8)  Place the equipment into an intake entry.
    30         (9)  Set the brakes and chock the wheels.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 203 -    

     1         (10)  Install an exhaust gas analyzer into the untreated
     2     exhaust gas port.
     3         (11)  Start the engine and allow it to warm up to
     4     operating temperature.
     5         (12)  Put the engine into a loaded condition. For this
     6     section, the loaded condition for the baseline emissions
     7     testing shall be determined by the technical advisory
     8     committee by determining CO2 values that are representative
     9     of the MSHA lug curve readings for that engine model and
    10     horsepower.
    11         (13)  Start the exhaust gas analyzer and allow the engine
    12     to operate in the loaded condition for a sufficient length of
    13     time not less than a 90-second duration to insure proper CO
    14     readings. The qualified mechanic shall record both CO and CO2
    15     readings. Note: Baseline CO values shall be determined by the
    16     technical advisory committee based upon MSHA lug curve
    17     readings for that engine model and horsepower. If the
    18     baseline CO values are greater than the MSHA lug curve
    19     values, the technical advisory committee shall investigate
    20     and either recommend approval or disapproval or recommend
    21     alternate methods of meeting the requirements of this
    22     section.
    23         (14)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements pursuant to
    24     section 414.
    25         (15)  An alternative to the testing provided in
    26     paragraphs (1) through (14) may be developed by the technical
    27     advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    28         (16)  Emissions test procedures for this section shall be
    29     submitted to the technical advisory committee in accordance
    30     with section 424 prior to being implemented for each engine
    20080S0949B1675                 - 204 -    

     1     and equipment type.
     2  Section 418.  Diagnostic testing.
     3     (a)  Tests.--At intervals not exceeding once every 100 hours
     4  of engine operation, a qualified mechanic shall perform
     5  equipment maintenance diagnostic testing of each piece of
     6  diesel-powered equipment in the mine. The qualified mechanic
     7  shall do all of the following:
     8         (1)  Verify the identification numbers on the equipment.
     9         (2)  Check the level of the engine lubricating oil.
    10         (3)  Check the level of the transmission fluid.
    11         (4)  Set the brakes and chock the wheels.
    12         (5)  Install the portable carbon monoxide sampling device
    13     into the untreated exhaust port coupling provided in the
    14     operator's cab.
    15         (6)  Start the engine and allow it to warm up to
    16     operating temperature.
    17         (7)  Check the intake restriction and the exhaust back
    18     pressure at high idle speed.
    19         (8)  If the intake restriction is more than the
    20     manufacturer's maximum recommended intake restriction,
    21     replace the intake filter with a clean one.
    22         (9)  If exhaust gas back pressure is above that
    23     recommended by the manufacturer, take steps to bring the
    24     exhaust gas back pressure within the manufacturer's
    25     recommended limit prior to beginning the test described in
    26     this section.
    27         (10)  Put the engine into a loaded condition. As used in
    28     this paragraph, the term loaded condition shall mean a
    29     condition in which the carbon dioxide values are
    30     representative of the MSHA lug curve values for that engine
    20080S0949B1675                 - 205 -    

     1     model and horsepower rating.
     2         (11)  Take the following steps:
     3             (i)  Start the exhaust gas analyzer.
     4             (ii)  Allow the engine to operate for a sufficient
     5         time, not less than 90 seconds, to insure proper carbon
     6         monoxide readings and record both carbon monoxide and
     7         carbon dioxide readings.
     8         (12)  Install the exhaust gas analyzer into the treated
     9     exhaust port and repeat steps set forth in paragraphs (10)
    10     and (11).
    11         (13)  If the average carbon monoxide reading for
    12     untreated exhaust gas is greater than twice the baseline
    13     established under section 417(b) or if the average carbon
    14     monoxide reading for treated exhaust gas is greater than 100
    15     pounds per minute, the equipment has failed and shall be
    16     serviced and retested before it is returned to regular
    17     service.
    18         (14)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements under
    19     section 414.
    20     (b)  Procedures.--Emissions test procedures for this section
    21  must be submitted to the technical advisory committee under
    22  section 424 prior to being implemented for each engine and
    23  equipment type.
    24     (c)  Alternative procedure.--An alternative to the testing
    25  provided in subsection (a) may be developed by the technical
    26  advisory committee under section 424.
    27  Section 419.  Exhaust gas monitoring and control.
    28     (a)  Concentration.--In monitoring and controlling exhaust
    29  gases, the ambient concentration of exhaust gases in the mine
    30  atmosphere shall not exceed 35 parts per million for carbon
    20080S0949B1675                 - 206 -    

     1  monoxide and three pounds per minute for nitrogen dioxide. The
     2  concentration of these exhaust gases shall be measured at the
     3  equipment operator's or equipment attendant's position and by
     4  the last piece of diesel-powered equipment operating in the same
     5  split of air. Measurements shall be made weekly or more often if
     6  necessary by a qualified person and shall be conducted under the
     7  requirements of this section.
     8     (b)  Measurement.--Measurement of exhaust gases shall be made
     9  with a sampling instrument no less precise than detector tubes.
    10     (c)  Changes.--If the concentration of a gas listed in
    11  subsection (a) is at least 75% of its exposure limit, changes to
    12  the use of the diesel equipment, the mine ventilation or the
    13  mining process shall be made.
    14     (d)  Excessive exposure.--If the concentration of a gas
    15  listed in subsection (a) exceeds the exposure limit, the diesel
    16  equipment operating in that split shall be removed from service
    17  immediately, and corrective action shall be taken. After
    18  corrective action has been taken by the mine operator, the
    19  diesel equipment may be returned to service in its regular
    20  operating mode for emissions testing purposes only; and
    21  emissions testing shall be conducted immediately to assure that
    22  the concentration does not exceed 75% of the exposure limit.
    23  Corrective action shall be taken until the concentration does
    24  not exceed 75% of the exposure limit before the diesel equipment
    25  can be returned to full operation.
    26     (e)  Compliance.--The mine operator shall comply with the
    27  following requirements:
    28         (1)  Repair or adjustment of the fuel injection system
    29     shall only be performed by qualified mechanics authorized by
    30     the engine manufacturer.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 207 -    

     1         (2)  Complete testing of the emissions system in
     2     accordance with section 418 shall be conducted:
     3             (i)  prior to any piece of diesel-powered equipment
     4         being put into service; and
     5             (ii)  after any repair or adjustment to the fuel
     6         delivery system, engine timing or exhaust emissions
     7         control and conditioning system.
     8         (3)  Service and maintenance of the intake air filter,
     9     exhaust particulate filter and the exhaust system shall be
    10     performed at specific time intervals based on the component
    11     manufacturer's recommendation and compliance with the engine
    12     or emissions control operation specifications and, as needed,
    13     based on the on-board diagnostics or emissions test results.
    14     Accurate records shall be maintained of service and
    15     maintenance under this paragraph.
    16  Section 420.  Training and general requirements.
    17     (a)  Approval.--Training course instructors and training
    18  plans required by this section shall be approved by the
    19  secretary. Operator training and qualification shall meet the
    20  requirements of this section.
    21     (b)  Conduct.--
    22         (1)  Training shall be conducted in the basics of the
    23     operation of a diesel engine, Federal and State regulations
    24     governing their use, company rules for safe operation,
    25     specific features of each piece of equipment and the ability
    26     to recognize problems.
    27         (2)  Training shall be provided to each equipment
    28     operator and the mine health and safety committee if one
    29     exists. This training shall be designed to bring every
    30     operator to a level of good understanding of diesel equipment
    20080S0949B1675                 - 208 -    

     1     operation.
     2         (3)  Each operator shall be qualified by attending a
     3     minimum eight-hour course, including classroom training on
     4     diesel fundamentals and equipment-specific hands-on training
     5     on the job. Training shall include instruction in the
     6     following classroom subjects:
     7             (i)  Engine fundamentals. This subparagraph includes
     8         an introduction to the function of a diesel engine and
     9         recognition of major components and their functions.
    10             (ii)  Diesel regulations. This subparagraph includes
    11         an introduction to Federal and State regulations
    12         governing the use of diesel equipment.
    13             (iii)  Diesel emissions. This subparagraph includes
    14         an introduction to diesel emissions and their adverse
    15         health effects.
    16             (iv)  Factors which affect diesel emissions. This
    17         subparagraph includes a detailed presentation of engine
    18         faults and diesel fuel quality, their effect on emissions
    19         and the preventive actions which can be taken to minimize
    20         emissions levels.
    21             (v)  Emissions control devices. This subparagraph
    22         includes a detailed presentation of the different
    23         emissions control devices employed to reduce emissions
    24         and details about actions the operator must take to keep
    25         the devices in working order.
    26             (vi)  Diagnostic techniques. This subparagraph
    27         includes a presentation of techniques which can be
    28         employed by the operator to assure the equipment is in
    29         safe operating condition and instruction about how to
    30         recognize and diagnose certain engine faults which may
    20080S0949B1675                 - 209 -    

     1         cause increases in emissions.
     2             (vii)  Preoperational inspection. This subparagraph
     3         includes a presentation of the purpose, benefits and
     4         requirements of the preoperational inspection.
     5             (viii)  Ventilation. This subparagraph includes an
     6         introduction to special ventilation requirements for
     7         areas where diesel-powered equipment will operate.
     8             (ix)  Fire suppression system. This subparagraph
     9         includes an introduction to the fire suppression system
    10         and its function and when and how to activate the fire
    11         suppression manually.
    12             (x)  Operating rules. This subparagraph includes a
    13         detailed presentation of the driving rules, safe driving
    14         speeds, traffic control devices and equipment
    15         limitations.
    16             (xi)  Emergency procedures. This subparagraph
    17         includes discussion of:
    18                 (A)  emergencies, such as fire, diesel fuel
    19             spills, component failure, loss of ventilation air
    20             and emergency escape procedures; and
    21                 (B)  potential use of the diesel-powered vehicle
    22             as an emergency escape vehicle in case of a mine
    23             emergency.
    24             (xii)  Recordkeeping and reporting procedures. This
    25         subparagraph includes a presentation on required
    26         recordkeeping and reporting procedures for problems or
    27         unsafe conditions, high emissions levels and
    28         preoperational inspections made by the equipment
    29         operator.
    30     (c)  Certificate.--Upon successful completion of both
    20080S0949B1675                 - 210 -    

     1  training sessions, the operator shall be issued a certificate of
     2  qualification which qualifies the operator to operate a specific
     3  type of diesel-powered equipment. An operator may be qualified
     4  to operate more than one type of equipment by completing
     5  additional equipment-specific training covering differences
     6  specific to each additional type of equipment.
     7     (d)  Refresher training.--Refresher training, separate from
     8  that required by MSHA regulations at 30 CFR Pt. 48 (relating to
     9  the training and retraining of miners), shall be required
    10  annually.
    11     (e)  Annual certificate.--A new certificate of qualification
    12  shall be issued annually after the equipment operator has
    13  received the annual refresher training.
    14  Section 421.  Equipment-specific training.
    15     (a)  Approval.--Training course instructors and training
    16  plans required by this section must be approved by the
    17  secretary.
    18     (b)  Description.--
    19         (1)  Equipment-specific hands-on orientation training
    20     shall be given in an area of the mine where the equipment
    21     will be operated. This orientation shall be specific to the
    22     type and make of the diesel machine and shall be presented in
    23     small groups.
    24         (2)  The following subjects shall be included in the
    25     training:
    26             (i)  Equipment layout. This subparagraph includes
    27         familiarization with the layout of the equipment, the
    28         operator's compartments and the controls.
    29             (ii)  Preoperation inspection. This subparagraph
    30         includes familiarization with the preoperation inspection
    20080S0949B1675                 - 211 -    

     1         procedure and review of specific details of the
     2         inspection and location of the components to be
     3         inspected.
     4             (iii)  Equipment limitations. This subparagraph
     5         includes instruction relating to equipment performance,
     6         speeds, capacities and blind areas.
     7             (iv)  Operating areas. This subparagraph includes
     8         instruction relating to areas in which the equipment may
     9         be operated.
    10             (v)  Operation. This subparagraph includes
    11         familiarization with the controls, gauges and warning
    12         devices and safe operating limits of all indicating
    13         gauges.
    14             (vi)  Refueling procedure. This subparagraph includes
    15         familiarization with fuel handling, permissible refueling
    16         areas, spill prevention, cleanup and potential hazards
    17         from diesel fuel.
    18             (vii)  Emergency devices. This subparagraph includes
    19         instruction relating to the location and use of the fire
    20         extinguisher and fire suppression devices.
    21             (viii)  Driving practice. This paragraph includes
    22         supervised operation of the equipment.
    23  Section 422.  Diesel mechanic training.
    24     (a)  Approval.--Training course instructors and training
    25  plans required by this section must be approved by the
    26  secretary.
    27     (b)  General rule.--Diesel mechanic training and
    28  qualification shall meet the requirements of this section.
    29     (c)  Skills.--Diesel mechanics shall be trained and qualified
    30  to perform maintenance, repairs and testing of the features of
    20080S0949B1675                 - 212 -    

     1  diesel equipment certified by MSHA and the secretary.
     2     (d)  Qualification.--To be qualified, a diesel mechanic shall
     3  successfully complete a minimum of 16 hours of a training
     4  program approved by the secretary regarding the general
     5  function, operation, maintenance and testing of emissions
     6  control and conditioning components. The diesel mechanic shall
     7  be qualified to perform these tasks on the specific machines
     8  used at the mine or mines where they are employed. Additional
     9  engine-specific training shall be provided to diesel mechanics
    10  in accordance with a plan approved by the secretary.
    11     (e)  Retraining.--Annual retraining programs for diesel
    12  mechanics shall be required and shall be approved by the
    13  secretary. Retraining shall include refresher training as well
    14  as new procedure and new technology training as necessary.
    15  Retraining shall be separate from refresher training pursuant to
    16  MSHA regulations at 30 CFR Pt. 48 (relating to training and
    17  retraining of miners) and electrical training required by MSHA.
    18     (f)  Programs.--The minimum diesel mechanic training programs
    19  shall include training in the following minimum subject
    20  requirements:
    21         (1)  Federal and State requirements regulating the use of
    22     diesel equipment.
    23         (2)  Company policies and rules related to the use of
    24     diesel equipment.
    25         (3)  Emissions control system design and component
    26     technical training.
    27         (4)  Onboard engine performance and maintenance
    28     diagnostics system design and component technical training.
    29         (5)  Service and maintenance procedures and requirements
    30     for the emissions control systems.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 213 -    

     1         (6)  Emissions testing procedures and evaluation and
     2     interpretation of test results.
     3         (7)  Troubleshooting procedures for the emissions control
     4     systems.
     5         (8)  Fire protection systems test and maintenance.
     6         (9)  Fire and ignition sources and their control and
     7     elimination.
     8         (10)  Fuel system maintenance and safe fueling
     9     procedures.
    10         (11)  Intake air system design and components technical
    11     training and maintenance procedures.
    12         (12)  Engine shutdown device tests and maintenance.
    13         (13)  Special instructions regarding components, such as
    14     the fuel injection system, which may only be repaired and
    15     adjusted by a qualified mechanic who has received special
    16     training and is authorized to make the repairs or adjustments
    17     by the component manufacturer.
    18         (14)  Instruction on recordkeeping requirements for
    19     maintenance procedures and emissions testing.
    20         (15)  Other subjects determined by the secretary to be
    21     necessary to address specific health and safety needs.
    22  Section 423. Operation of diesel-powered equipment.
    23     (a)  General rule.--In addition to other requirements of this
    24  chapter, diesel-powered equipment shall be operated pursuant to
    25  the standards set forth in this section.
    26     (b)  Attended equipment.--Diesel-powered equipment shall be
    27  attended while in operation with the engine running in
    28  underground mines.
    29     (c)  Idling.--Unnecessary idling of diesel-powered equipment
    30  is prohibited.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 214 -    

     1     (d)  Access.--Roadways where diesel-powered equipment is
     2  operated shall be maintained as free as practicable from bottom
     3  irregularities debris and wet or muddy conditions, which affect
     4  control of the equipment.
     5     (e)  Speed.--Operating speeds shall be consistent with
     6  conditions of roadways, grades, clearances, visibility and
     7  traffic and type of equipment used.
     8     (f)  Control.--Equipment operators shall have full control of
     9  the mobile equipment while it is in motion.
    10     (g)  Traffic rules.--Traffic rules, including speed, signals
    11  and warning signs, shall be standardized at each mine and
    12  posted.
    13     (h)  Maintenance.--
    14         (1)  Diesel-powered equipment shall be maintained in a
    15     safe operating condition which does not threaten health of
    16     human beings.
    17         (2)  Diesel-powered equipment not maintained in
    18     accordance with paragraph (1) or not maintained in accordance
    19     with the engine or emissions control operating specifications
    20     shall be removed from service immediately and shall not be
    21     returned to service until all necessary corrective actions
    22     have been taken.
    23  Section 424.  Technical advisory committee.
    24     (a)  Establishment.--The Technical Advisory Committee on
    25  Diesel-Powered Equipment is established.
    26     (b)  Membership.--The advisory committee shall consist of two
    27  members, who shall be residents of this Commonwealth.
    28         (1)  The Governor shall appoint one member to represent
    29     the viewpoint of the coal operators in this Commonwealth
    30     within 30 days from receipt of a list containing one or more
    20080S0949B1675                 - 215 -    

     1     nominees submitted by the major trade association
     2     representing coal operators in this Commonwealth.
     3         (2)  The Governor shall appoint one member to represent
     4     the viewpoint of the working miners in this Commonwealth
     5     within 30 days from receipt of a list containing one or more
     6     nominees submitted by the highest ranking official within the
     7     major employee organization representing coal miners in this
     8     Commonwealth.
     9     (c)  Terms.--Each member of the technical advisory committee
    10  shall be appointed for a term of three years. If renominated and
    11  reappointed, a member may serve an unlimited number of
    12  successive three-year terms.
    13     (d)  Functions.--The technical advisory committee has the
    14  following functions:
    15         (1)  Advising the secretary regarding implementation of
    16     this chapter.
    17         (2)  Evaluating alternative technology or methods for
    18     meeting the requirements for diesel-powered equipment as set
    19     forth in this chapter.
    20         (3)  Providing technical assistance to operators
    21     regarding diesel equipment technologies.
    22         (4)  Conducting investigations relating to implementation
    23     of this chapter.
    24         (5)  Providing training regarding diesel equipment
    25     emission controls and emission testing.
    26     (e)  Compensation.--Members of the technical advisory
    27  committee shall be compensated at the appropriate per diem rate
    28  based on the prevailing formula administered by the
    29  Commonwealth, but not less than $150 per day, plus all
    30  reasonable expenses incurred while performing their official
    20080S0949B1675                 - 216 -    

     1  duties. Compensation shall be adjusted annually by the secretary
     2  to account for inflation based on the rate of inflation
     3  identified by the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers,
     4  Bureau of Labor Statistics. The individual member may waive his
     5  right to all or part of the compensation set forth in this
     6  provision.
     7     (f)  Meetings.--The technical advisory committee shall meet
     8  at least twice during each calendar year.
     9     (g)  Quorum.--Actions of the technical advisory committee
    10  require the participation of both members.
    11     (h)  Support.--
    12         (1)  The department shall make clerical support and
    13     assistance available to enable the technical advisory
    14     committee to carry out its duties. Upon the request of both
    15     members of the technical advisory committee, the secretary
    16     may draft proposed conditions of use and reports or perform
    17     investigations.
    18         (2)  The department shall purchase for the technical
    19     advisory committee equipment for testing diesel engine
    20     exhaust emissions and measuring diesel engine surface
    21     temperatures and exhaust gas temperatures. Alternative
    22     technology or methods recommended by the technical advisory
    23     committee or approved by the secretary shall not reduce or
    24     compromise the level of health and safety protection afforded
    25     by this chapter.
    26     (i)  Alternative technologies.--
    27         (1)  Upon application of a coal miner, coal mine operator
    28     or diesel-related technology manufacturer, or on its own
    29     motion, the technical advisory committee shall consider
    30     requests for the use of alternative diesel-related health and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 217 -    

     1     safety technologies with general underground mining industry
     2     application which are consistent with this chapter. The
     3     following apply:
     4             (i)  Upon receipt of an application, the technical
     5         advisory committee shall conduct an investigation, which
     6         shall include consultation with a representative of the
     7         major trade association representing coal operators in
     8         this Commonwealth and with a representative of the major
     9         employee organization representing coal miners in this
    10         Commonwealth.
    11             (ii)  Approval of an application made under this
    12         subsection shall make the alternative technology or
    13         method available for use by a coal mine operator in this
    14         Commonwealth but shall not be construed to require that a
    15         coal mine operator use the approved alternative
    16         technology or method.
    17         (2)  Upon application of a coal mine operator, the
    18     technical advisory committee shall consider site-specific
    19     requests for use of alternative diesel-related health and
    20     safety technologies. The committee's recommendations on
    21     applications submitted under this subsection shall be on a
    22     mine-by-mine basis. Upon receipt of a site-specific
    23     application, the technical advisory committee shall conduct
    24     an investigation, which shall include consultation with the
    25     mine operator and the authorized representatives of the
    26     miners at the mine. Authorized representatives of the miners
    27     shall include a mine health and safety committee elected by
    28     miners at the mine and an individual employed by an employee
    29     organization representing miners at the mine or an individual
    30     authorized as the representative of miners of the mine in
    20080S0949B1675                 - 218 -    

     1     accordance with MSHA regulations at 30 CFR Pt. 40 (relating
     2     to representative of miners). If there is no authorized
     3     representative of the miners, the technical advisory
     4     committee shall consult with a reasonable number of miners at
     5     the mine.
     6         (3)  Within 180 days of receipt of an application for use
     7     of alternative technologies or methods, the technical
     8     advisory committee shall complete its investigation and make
     9     a recommendation to the secretary. The technical advisory
    10     committee members shall only recommend approval of an
    11     application if, at the conclusion of the investigation, the
    12     committee members have made a determination that the use of
    13     the alternative technology or method will not reduce or
    14     compromise the level of health and safety protection afforded
    15     by this chapter. The time period under this paragraph may be
    16     extended with the consent of the applicant.
    17         (4)  The technical advisory committee shall forward to
    18     the secretary three possible recommendations:
    19             (i)  A unanimous recommendation to approve the
    20         application for use of alternative technologies or
    21         methods. A recommendation under this subparagraph must be
    22         made in writing and include the results of the
    23         investigation and specific conditions of use for the
    24         alternative technology or method.
    25             (ii)  A unanimous recommendation to reject the
    26         application for use of alternative technologies or
    27         methods. A recommendation under this subparagraph must be
    28         made in writing and outline in detail the basis for the
    29         rejection.
    30             (iii)  A divided recommendation in which one member
    20080S0949B1675                 - 219 -    

     1         of the technical advisory committee recommends approval
     2         of the application for use of alternative technologies or
     3         methods and one member of the advisory committee
     4         recommends rejection of the application for use of
     5         alternative technologies or methods. For a recommendation
     6         under this subparagraph, each member of the committee
     7         must submit a detailed report to the secretary within 14
     8         days of the committee's vote outlining the member's
     9         position for or against the application.
    10         (5)  The secretary shall proceed as follows:
    11             (i)  Alternative technologies or methods may be
    12         approved by the secretary if they do not reduce or
    13         compromise the level of health and safety protection
    14         afforded by this chapter.
    15             (ii)  If a recommendation under paragraph (2)(i) or
    16         (ii) is forwarded to the secretary by the technical
    17         advisory committee, the secretary shall have 30 days in
    18         which to render a final decision adopting or rejecting
    19         the advisory committee's recommendation and the
    20         application.
    21             (iii)  The secretary may only approve or reject a
    22         recommendation under paragraph (2) without modification
    23         unless the modification is unanimously approved by the
    24         technical advisory committee.
    25             (iv)  If a recommendation under paragraph (2) is
    26         forwarded to the secretary, the secretary shall convene,
    27         within 30 days, a meeting with the members of the
    28         technical advisory committee to discuss the reasons for
    29         the divided recommendation and to determine whether
    30         additional information and further discussion might
    20080S0949B1675                 - 220 -    

     1         result in a unanimous recommendation by the committee.
     2             (v)  The following apply:
     3                 (A)  The secretary shall render a decision on the
     4             application within 30 days from the date of the
     5             meeting with the technical advisory committee or, if
     6             no meeting is convened, within 60 days of forwarding
     7             of the recommendation.
     8                 (B)  Upon consent of the applicant, the time
     9             period under clause (A) may be extended.
    10                 (C)  Except as set forth in clause (B), if the
    11             secretary does not comply with the time requirements
    12             to render a decision under this subparagraph, the
    13             technical advisory committee's recommendation shall
    14             be deemed rejected.
    15         (6)  Action taken by the secretary under this subsection
    16     is subject to 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 7 Subch. A (relating to judicial
    17     review of Commonwealth agency action).
    18     (j)  Shaft and slope construction.--The secretary shall
    19  establish, based on recommendations made by the technical
    20  advisory committee, conditions of use for the use of diesel-
    21  powered equipment in shaft and slope construction operations at
    22  coal mines. Conditions of use proposed by the technical advisory
    23  committee shall be considered by the secretary and shall be
    24  adopted or rejected by the secretary without modification,
    25  except as approved by the technical advisory committee.
    26                             CHAPTER 5
    27                      ENFORCEMENT AND REMEDIES
    28  Section 501.  Enforcement orders and duty to comply.
    29     (a)  Authority.--
    30         (1)  The department may issue written orders to enforce
    20080S0949B1675                 - 221 -    

     1     this act, to effectuate the purposes of this act and to
     2     protect the health and safety of miners and persons in and
     3     about mines.
     4         (2)  An order issued under this act shall take effect
     5     upon notice, unless the order specifies otherwise.
     6         (3)  An appeal to the Environmental Hearing Board shall
     7     not act as a supersedeas.
     8     (b)  Compliance.--It is the duty of any person to whom an
     9  order applies to comply with that order.
    10  Section 502.  Restraining violations.
    11     (a)  Department.--In addition to any other remedies provided
    12  by law, the department may seek an injunction to restrain any of
    13  the following:
    14         (1)  Violation of this act, a regulation promulgated
    15     under this act or any approval, standard, order or permit
    16     issued under this act.
    17         (2)  Creation and maintenance of a threat to the health
    18     and safety of miners and persons in and about mines.
    19     (b)  Court.--
    20         (1)  In a proceeding under subsection (a), the court may
    21     do any of the following:
    22             (i)  Issue an injunction if it finds reasonable cause
    23         to believe that the respondent is engaging in conduct
    24         which:
    25                 (A)  violates this act; a regulation promulgated
    26             under this act or any approval, standard or order
    27             issued under this act; or
    28                 (B)  poses a threat to the health and safety of
    29             miners and persons in and about mines.
    30             (ii)  Levy civil penalties against the respondent.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 222 -    

     1         (2)  The courts of common pleas and the Commonwealth
     2     courts are granted jurisdiction to hear and decide
     3     proceedings brought under subsection (a).
     4     (c)  Bond.--The department is be required to post bond in
     5  connection with proceedings brought under this section.
     6  Section 503.  Administrative penalties.
     7     (a)  Declaration of threat.--The following actions by mine
     8  officials are declared to pose an imminent and substantial
     9  threat to the health and safety of miners:
    10         (1)  Assigning an employee without training or proper
    11     certification.
    12         (2)  Requiring or condoning a violation of this act, a
    13     regulation promulgated under this act or any approval,
    14     standard or order issued under this act.
    15         (3)  Failing to perform a required examination.
    16         (4)  Failing to address promptly the dangers identified
    17     through a mine examination or inspection by the department.
    18         (5)  Supplying inaccurate information to the department.
    19         (6)  Failing to notify the department as required by this
    20     act.
    21         (7)  Failing to de-energize electrical power as required
    22     by this act.
    23         (8)  Failing to evacuate the mine when required to do so
    24     by a provision of this act.
    25     (b)  Penalty for mine officials and operator liability.--
    26         (1)  If the department finds that a mine official has
    27     engaged in any of the actions under subsection (a), the
    28     department may assess an administrative penalty of up to
    29     $2,500 against the mine official. In every instance in which
    30     an administrative penalty is assessed against a mine
    20080S0949B1675                 - 223 -    

     1     official, the department may assess the same administrative
     2     penalty against the operator of the mine where the violations
     3     occurred.
     4         (2)  If the department finds that the operator directed
     5     or condoned an unsafe act or a violation of the act:
     6             (i)  the department may assess an administrative
     7         penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than
     8         $200,000 against the operator; and
     9             (ii)  the person that directed or condoned the action
    10         shall be removed from any position of command and
    11         control.
    12     (c)  Nonexclusive remedy.--Assessment of a penalty under this
    13  section does not preclude the department from exercising any
    14  other remedy available to it.
    15     (d)  Factors.--In determining the amount of a penalty, the
    16  department shall consider the following:
    17         (1)  The degree to which the conduct was reckless or
    18     intentional.
    19         (2)  Whether an individual was fatally or seriously
    20     injured.
    21         (3)  The potential for the violation resulting in death
    22     or serious injury to an individual.
    23         (4)  Whether the conduct is in violation of an
    24     outstanding order.
    25         (5)  In the case of an operator, the economic benefit to
    26     the operator from not complying with the applicable
    27     requirements.
    28     (e)  Practice and procedure.--A penalty under this section is
    29  subject to:
    30         (1)  2 Pa.C.S. Chs. 5 Subch. A (relating to practice and
    20080S0949B1675                 - 224 -    

     1     procedure of Commonwealth agencies) and 7 Subch. A (relating
     2     to judicial review of Commonwealth agency action); and
     3         (2)  25 Pa. Code Ch. 1021 (relating to practice and
     4     procedures).
     5  Section 503.1.  Process for assessing administrative penalties.
     6     (a)  Assessment process.--If the department assesses an
     7  administrative penalty, it shall inform the operator and mine
     8  official, as applicable, of the amount of the penalty. The
     9  person assessed with the penalty shall then have 30 days to pay
    10  the penalty in full or, if the person wishes to contest the
    11  amount of the penalty, the person shall, within the 30-day
    12  period, file an appeal of the department's assessment with the
    13  Environmental Hearing Board. Failure to appeal within 30 days
    14  shall result in a waiver of all legal rights to contest the
    15  amount of the penalty.
    16     (b)  Prepayment of administrative penalty.--If the operator
    17  or mine official wishes to contest either the amount of the
    18  penalty or the violation, the operator or mine official shall
    19  forward an amount not greater than $25,000 to the department for
    20  placement in an escrow account with the State Treasurer or any
    21  bank located in this Commonwealth, or post an appeal bond in the
    22  amount of the proposed penalty provided that the bond shall be
    23  executed by a surety licensed to do business in this
    24  Commonwealth and is satisfactory to the department. If through
    25  administrative or judicial review of the penalty, it is
    26  determined that no violation occurred, or that the amount of the
    27  penalty should be reduced, the department shall within 30 days
    28  remit the appropriate amount to the operator or mine official,
    29  with any interest accumulated by the escrow deposit. Failure to
    30  forward the money or the appeal bond to the department within 30
    20080S0949B1675                 - 225 -    

     1  days shall result in a waiver of all legal rights to contest the
     2  violation or the amount of the penalty.
     3     (c)  Payment of penalty.--The amount assessed after
     4  administrative hearing or waiver shall be payable to the
     5  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Mine Safety Fund and shall be
     6  collectible in any manner provided under law for the collection
     7  of debts. If any person liable to pay any penalty neglects or
     8  refuses to pay it after demand, the amount together with
     9  interest and any costs that may accrue, shall constitute a
    10  judgment in favor of the Commonwealth upon the property of the
    11  person from the date it has been entered and docketed or
    12  recorded by the prothonotary of the county where such property
    13  is situated. The department may, at any time, transmit to the
    14  prothonotaries of the respective counties certified copies of
    15  the judgments, and it shall be the duty of each prothonotary to
    16  enter and docket the judgments in the prothonotary's office, and
    17  to index it as judgments are indexed, without requiring the
    18  payment of costs as a condition precedent to the entry of the
    19  judgment.
    20  Section 504.  Unlawful conduct.
    21     It is unlawful for a person to do any of the following:
    22         (1)  Violate this act, a regulation under this act or any
    23     approval, standard or order under this act.
    24         (2)  Cause or assist another in a violation under
    25         paragraph (1).
    26         (3)  Hinder or threaten an agent or employee of the
    27     department in the course of performance of a duty under this
    28     act, including entry and inspection.
    29         (4)  Do any of the following on mine property:
    30             (i)  Venture into areas with unsupported roof.
    20080S0949B1675                 - 226 -    

     1             (ii)  Fail to make required gas checks.
     2             (iii)  Work on energized equipment without de-
     3         energizing, locking out and tagging that equipment.
     4             (iv)  Change approved equipment without obtaining the
     5         department's approval.
     6             (v)  Circumvent a safety device.
     7             (vi)  Disable an alarm.
     8             (vii)  Possess or use alcohol, drugs or smoking
     9         materials in an unlawful manner on mine property.
    10             (viii)  Assign an employee without adequate training
    11         to perform the assigned work.
    12             (ix)  Require or condone a violation of this act, a
    13         regulation under this act or any approval, standard or
    14         order under this act.
    15             (x)  Require or condone performance of an unsafe act.
    16             (xi)  Fail to perform a proper and required
    17         examination.
    18             (xii)  Fail to abate promptly the dangers identified
    19         through a mine examination or inspection by the
    20         department.
    21             (xiii)  Supply inaccurate information to the
    22         department.
    23             (xiv)  Fail to:
    24                 (A)  notify the department as required by this
    25             act;
    26                 (B)  de-energize electrical power as required by
    27             this act; or
    28                 (C)  evacuate the mine when required.
    29  Section 505.  Criminal penalties.
    30     (a)  Prohibition.--A person commits a felony of the second
    20080S0949B1675                 - 227 -    

     1  degree if all of the following apply:
     2         (1)  The person:
     3             (i)  violates this act, a regulation under this act
     4         or any approval, standard or order under this act;
     5             (ii)  submits false information to the department; or
     6             (iii)  fails to notify the department as required by
     7         this act.
     8         (2)  The action or inaction under paragraph (1):
     9             (i)  either results in the death of or substantial
    10         bodily injury to an individual; or
    11             (ii)  creates a condition that poses a substantial
    12         likelihood of causing death or substantial bodily injury
    13         to an individual.
    14  Section 506.  Inspections.
    15     (a)  Administrative.--An agent or employee of the department
    16  may do any of the following:
    17         (1)  Inspect a mine, property, building, premises, place,
    18     book or record.
    19         (2)  Secure physical evidence. This paragraph includes
    20     photography and videography.
    21         (3)  Conduct tests. This paragraph includes taking
    22     samples.
    23     (b)  Warrant.--It shall be sufficient probable cause for a
    24  court of competent jurisdiction to issue a search warrant if the
    25  department establishes all of the following:
    26         (1)  The action under subsection (a) is pursuant to the
    27     department's general inspection of mines and investigations
    28     at mines.
    29         (2)  The agent or employee:
    30             (i)  has reason to believe that there has been a
    20080S0949B1675                 - 228 -    

     1         violation of this act, a regulation under this act or any
     2         approval, standard or order under this act of the
     3         department has occurred or may occur; or
     4             (ii)  has been refused access or been prevented from
     5         taking action under subsection (a).
     6  Section 507. Intervention.
     7     A person having an interest, which is or may be adversely
     8  affected has the right without posting bond, to intervene in an
     9  action or appeal brought by the department before the
    10  Environmental Hearing Board under this act.
    11  Section 508.  Limitation of action.
    12     (a)  Civil and administrative.--Notwithstanding 42 Pa.C.S.
    13  Ch. 55 Subch. B (relating to civil actions and proceedings) or
    14  any other statutory provision to the contrary:
    15         (1)  A civil action under this act shall be commenced
    16     within three years from the date the cause of action arises.
    17         (2)  An administrative action under this act shall be
    18     commenced within three years from the date of the violation.
    19     (b)  Criminal.--Notwithstanding 42 Pa.C.S. Ch. 55 Subch. C
    20  (relating to criminal proceedings) or any other statutory
    21  provision to the contrary, a criminal action under this act
    22  shall be commenced within three years from the date the offense
    23  is committed.
    24  Section 509.  Relation to permit.
    25     The following apply if the department finds that an operator
    26  has demonstrated a lack of intent or ability to comply with this
    27  act, a regulation under this act or any approval, standard or
    28  order under this act:
    29         (1)  The department may take any action it deems
    30     appropriate regarding the operator's permits, including
    20080S0949B1675                 - 229 -    

     1     denial of applications for new, renewed or amended permits
     2     and suspension or revocation of existing permits.
     3         (2)  Before taking action under paragraph (1), the
     4     department shall provide the operator with an opportunity to
     5     demonstrate to the department the operator's intent and
     6     ability to comply.
     7  Section 510.  Certification actions.
     8     (a)  Denial.--The department shall not issue a certification
     9  if, after investigation and an opportunity for an informal
    10  hearing, it finds that the applicant lacks the ability or intent
    11  to comply with this act.
    12     (b)  Sanctions.--
    13         (1)  The department may modify, suspend or revoke a
    14     certification under this act if it determines that the holder
    15     has done any of the following:
    16             (i)  Failed to comply with this act; a regulation
    17         under this act or any approval, standard or order under
    18         this act.
    19             (ii)  Interfered with the safe and lawful operation
    20         of any mine.
    21             (iii)  Engaged in unlawful conduct under this act.
    22         (2)  An appeal to the Environmental Hearing Board shall
    23     be treated as a petition for a supersedeas.
    24         (3)  This subsection is subject to 2 Pa.C.S. Chs. 5
    25     Subch. A (relating to practice and procedure of Commonwealth
    26     agencies) and 7 Subch. A (relating to judicial review of
    27     Commonwealth agency action).
    28     (c)  Retesting.--A mine official whose certificate has been
    29  revoked shall have the right after five years of work experience
    30  in an underground bituminous coal mine, two years of which must
    20080S0949B1675                 - 230 -    

     1  be in a working section, to be reexamined and upon receipt of a
     2  satisfactory score on the examination, the mine official shall
     3  be given another certificate of qualification.
     4     (d)  Other remedies.--This section is in addition to any
     5  other remedy afforded the department under this act or any other
     6  provision of law.
     7  Section 511.  Withdrawal of certification.
     8     If a superintendent receives information that any mine
     9  foreman, assistant mine foreman, mine examiner or mine
    10  electrician neglects duties or is incapacitated, the
    11  superintendent shall make a thorough investigation. If the
    12  superintendent finds evidence to sustain neglect or incapacity,
    13  the superintendent shall suspend the individual and inform the
    14  department.
    15                             CHAPTER 6
    16                    EMERGENCY MEDICAL PERSONNEL
    17  Section 601.  Definitions.
    18     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    19  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    20  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    21     "Emergency medical technician."  A coal mine employee who has
    22  successfully completed the course on emergency first aid care
    23  and transportation of the sick and injured recommended by the
    24  American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons and who has been
    25  certified by the Department of Health to provide emergency care.
    26     "Emergency medical technician paramedic."  A person who has
    27  been certified by the Department of Health to provide emergency
    28  medical treatment.
    29  Section 602.  Emergency medical personnel.
    30     (a)  Requirement.--Emergency medical personnel shall be
    20080S0949B1675                 - 231 -    

     1  employed at every mine as follows:
     2         (1)  At least one emergency medical technician shall be
     3     on duty at any time when miners at that mine are engaged in
     4     the extraction, production or preparation of coal. Emergency
     5     medical technicians shall be on duty at a mine in sufficient
     6     numbers to assure that no miner shall work in a mine location
     7     which cannot be reached in 30 minutes by an emergency medical
     8     technician. Emergency medical technicians shall be employed
     9     at their regular duties at locations convenient for quick
    10     response to emergencies and shall have available to them at
    11     all times necessary equipment in compliance with Federal
    12     regulations.
    13         (2)  Telephone services or the equivalent facilities
    14     shall be installed which shall provide two-way voice
    15     communications between the emergency medical technician at
    16     the mine and medical personnel outside or away from the mine
    17     who provide emergency medical services on a regular basis.
    18         (3)  Operators shall make adequate provisions so that at
    19     least one emergency medical technician paramedic, registered
    20     nurse, physician or physician assistant is available to
    21     provide care at a mine at any time that persons are engaged
    22     in extraction, production or preparation of coal. Emergency
    23     medical personnel under this paragraph shall be on call to
    24     reach the entrance of the mine within 30 minutes.
    25  Section 603.  Regulations for training and certification.
    26     The Department of Health shall promulgate regulations to
    27  train and certify emergency medical technicians and emergency
    28  medical technician paramedics.
    29  Section 604.  First aid training of mine employees.
    30     Each operator shall provide every new employee who has not
    20080S0949B1675                 - 232 -    

     1  received first aid training required by the department within
     2  the six months prior to the date of employment with the training
     3  required by the department. The department shall consult with
     4  the Department of Health, MSHA and representatives of miners and
     5  representatives of operators in determining the training to be
     6  required under this section. Each mine employee shall be
     7  provided with five hours of refresher first aid training within
     8  each 24-month period of employment. Each employee shall be paid
     9  regular wages or overtime pay, if applicable, for all periods of
    10  first aid training.
    11  Section 605.  Continuing training.
    12     The department, after consultation with the Department of
    13  Health regarding the content of instruction courses, shall
    14  provide for necessary training on a continuing basis of
    15  emergency medical technicians and emergency medical technician
    16  paramedics in sufficient numbers to satisfy the requirements of
    17  this chapter.
    18  Section 606.  Regulations.
    19     The Environmental Quality Board, after consultation with the
    20  Department of Health and the Board of Coal Mine Safety shall
    21  promulgate regulations to implement the operational provisions
    22  of this chapter.
    23  Section 607.  Certification.
    24     The Department of Health shall promulgate regulations to
    25  prescribe procedures necessary to certify emergency medical
    26  technicians and emergency medical technician paramedics and
    27  consult with the department as may be required under this
    28  chapter.
    29  Section 608.  Liability.
    30     (a)  Physicians.--
    20080S0949B1675                 - 233 -    

     1         (1)  Except as set forth in paragraph (2), a physician
     2     who in good faith gives instructions to a certified emergency
     3     medical technician or emergency medical technician paramedic,
     4     a registered nurse or physician assistant shall not be liable
     5     for civil damages as a result of issuing the instructions.
     6         (2)  Paragraph (1) does not apply to an intentional or
     7     grossly negligent tort.
     8     (b)  Other medical personnel.--
     9         (1)  Except as set forth in paragraph (2), a certified
    10     emergency medical technician, emergency medical technician
    11     paramedic, registered nurse or physician assistant who in
    12     good faith attempts to render emergency care to a sick or
    13     injured individual in or about a mine shall not be liable for
    14     civil damages as a result of any acts or omissions.
    15         (2)  Paragraph (1) does not apply to an intentional or
    16     grossly negligent tort.
    17  Section 609.  Equivalent training.
    18     If the department determines that an operator is presently
    19  providing emergency medical care for its employees which is
    20  equivalent to or superior to the emergency medical care provided
    21  for under this chapter, the department shall make a finding that
    22  the operator is in compliance with this chapter.
    23                             CHAPTER 7
    24                 SAFETY ZONES AND ENTOMBED WORKMEN
    25  Section 701.  Establishment.
    26     A safety zone is established beneath and adjacent to every
    27  stream, river and natural or artificial body of water in this
    28  Commonwealth that is sufficiently large to constitute a hazard
    29  to mining in the opinion and discretion of the department. In
    30  the case of a stream or river, the safety zone shall extend
    20080S0949B1675                 - 234 -    

     1  horizontally 200 feet from the high-water mark of each bank. In
     2  the case of any other body of water sufficiently large to, in
     3  the department's discretion, constitute a hazard to mining, the
     4  safety zone shall extend horizontally 200 feet from the known
     5  perimeter. Each safety zone shall extend downward to the limit
     6  of the workable beds.
     7  Section 702.  Written authorization.
     8     (a)  Requirement.--No mining or removal of minerals shall be
     9  permitted within the safety zone unless authorization is
    10  specifically granted in advance and in writing by the
    11  department.
    12     (b)  Procedure.--Authorization shall only be granted upon
    13  application of the operator. Application shall be accompanied by
    14  four copies of a plan of the proposed mining operation. The plan
    15  shall indicate the thickness of the unconsolidated strata, the
    16  thickness of the rock strata and coal beds overlying the bed to
    17  be mined, the thickness of the bed, the width of the mine
    18  openings, the width of the pillars to be left and any other
    19  special features that may be deemed necessary as affecting the
    20  contemplated first mining.
    21     (c)  Examinations.--The department shall make periodic
    22  examinations to determine the accuracy of plans, maps and
    23  drawings submitted to it under the provisions of this section.
    24  Section 703.  Pillar recovery.
    25     Pillar recovery may not be undertaken until the pillars are
    26  approved by the department. Applications for pillar recovery
    27  must be accompanied by four copies of a plan, which must include
    28  such information as shall be determined by the department. The
    29  approval or disapproval of the plan shall be based on the
    30  factors of depth, the thickness of the bed, the percentage of
    20080S0949B1675                 - 235 -    

     1  pillars proposed to be extracted and to be left, the effect on
     2  pillars remaining in overlying beds and any other special
     3  features deemed necessary by the department.
     4  Section 704.  Proof of rock cover.
     5     (a)  Requirement.--Proof of the existence of 35 feet of rock
     6  cover must accompany any plan submitted under this chapter.
     7     (b)  Sufficiency.--Proof of rock cover is to be ascertained
     8  by testing holes drilled on:
     9         (1)  intersecting lines forming rectangles or squares
    10     where the cover thickness is less than 50 feet; and
    11         (2)  on spacing of not more than 35-foot centers.
    12  Section 705.  Verification.
    13     Plans and proof of rock cover under this chapter must be
    14  signed by a registered professional mining engineer representing
    15  the operator and a registered professional mining engineer
    16  representing the lessor or the owner.
    17  Section 706.  Approval or disapproval of plans.
    18     (a)  Approval.--If, after review, the department approves the
    19  plan, it shall send copies of the approved plan to the
    20  registered professional mining engineer representing the
    21  operator and to the registered professional mining engineer
    22  representing the lessor or the owner.
    23     (b)  Disapproval.--If, after review, the department
    24  disapproves the plan, it shall send copies of the disapproval,
    25  identifying its reasons for that action, to the registered
    26  professional mining engineer representing the operator and a
    27  registered professional mining engineer representing the lessor
    28  or the owner.
    29  Section 707.  Notice.
    30     After approval of the plan by the department, mining or
    20080S0949B1675                 - 236 -    

     1  removal of minerals shall not begin within the safety zone until
     2  the mine foreman has conspicuously posted a notice on the
     3  outside of the mine and has orally notified each miner affected
     4  that the miner is working within the safety zone.
     5  Section 708.  Entombed workmen.
     6     If a workman is enclosed, entombed or buried in any coal mine
     7  in this Commonwealth, the department, upon request of a
     8  relative of the workman or the department, shall petition a
     9  court of competent jurisdiction to order recovery of the body
    10  and to make a decree that the workman is dead.
    11                             CHAPTER 31
    12                      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    13  Section 3101.  Repeals.
    14     (a)  Absolute.--
    15         (1)  The General Assembly declares that the repeals under
    16     paragraph (2) are necessary to effectuate this act.
    17         (2)  The following acts and parts of acts are repealed
    18     absolutely:
    19             (i)  The act of June 30, 1947 (P.L.1177, No.490),
    20         known as The Coal Mine Sealing Act of 1947.
    21             (ii)  The act of July 17, 1961 (P.L.659, No.339),
    22         known as the Pennsylvania Bituminous Coal Mine Act.
    23             (iii)  The act of July 9, 1976 (P.L.931, No.178),
    24         referred to as the Coal Mine Emergency Medical Personnel
    25         Law.
    26     (b)  Inconsistent.--The following acts and parts of acts are
    27  repealed to the extent they apply to bituminous coal mines:
    28         (1)  The act of May 9, 1889 (P.L.154, No.171), entitled
    29     "An act to provide for the recovery of the bodies of workmen
    30     enclosed, buried or entombed in coal mines."
    20080S0949B1675                 - 237 -    

     1         (2)  The act of June 3, 1943 (P.L.848, No.357), entitled
     2     "An act providing that every mine foreman, assistant mine
     3     foreman and fire boss, under the Bituminous Mining Laws and
     4     the Anthracite Mining Laws of the Commonwealth, represents
     5     and is an officer of the Commonwealth in the mine in which
     6     employed, for the suspension or cancellation of the
     7     certificates of such officials as shall hold same, and for
     8     the disqualification of such as are uncertificated by the
     9     Secretary of Mines after or prior to hearing, for failure or
    10     refusal to perform his respective duties; defining the
    11     procedure in such hearing and the powers of the Secretary of
    12     Mines, with respect thereto, and providing for a review of
    13     his decisions by courts of common pleas and the Superior
    14     Court; providing for re-examination by the examining board of
    15     any person whose certificate has been cancelled, and for
    16     reinstatement of such as are uncertificated; and prohibiting
    17     the employment by any operator in such capacity of any mine
    18     foreman, assistant mine foreman or fire boss not possessing
    19     the requisite certificate or whose certificate is suspended
    20     or who has been disqualified."
    21         (3)  The act of December 22, 1959 (P.L.1994, No.729),
    22     entitled "An act prohibiting mining in certain areas without
    23     prior approval by the Department of Mines and Mineral
    24     Industries; establishing standards for the approval of plans
    25     for mining in such areas; imposing powers and duties on the
    26     mine foremen and the Department of Mines and Mineral
    27     Industries; and providing penalties."
    28  Section 3102.  Effective date.
    29     This act shall take effect in 60 days.

    A8L52JKL/20080S0949B1675        - 238 -